Open System Services Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Abstract This manual documents the HP NonStop Open System Services (OSS) shell and utilities. It is written for general users, programmers, system administrators, and operators. Product Version N.A. Supported Release Version Updates (RVUs) This manual supports G06.28 and all subsequent G-series RVUs and and H06.05 and all subsequent H-series RVUs until otherwise indicated by its replacement publication.
Document History Part Number Product Version Published 527188-003 527188-004 527188-005 527188-006 527188-007 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A July 2005 September 2005 February 2006 February 2006 July 2006
Contents _____________________________ What is New in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix New Commands and Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix Changed Commands About This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual chmod chown cksum . clear . cmp . cobol . comm . command compress continue cp . . cpio . crontab csplit . cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents getopts . gname . grep . . gtacl . . hash . . head . . history . iconv . . id . . . info_define ipcrm . . ipcs . . jobs . . join . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual pinstall . pname . pr . . . print . . printf . . ps . . . pwd . . read . . readonly . reset_define return . . rm . . . rmdir . . rsh . . . run . . runcat . . runv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 8. User Commands (s) sed . . . . set . . . . . setacl . . . . set_define . . sh . . . . . shift . . . . show_define . . sleep . . . . sort . . . . split . . . . strings . . . strip . . . . stty . . . . su . . . . . sum . . .
Contents unpack unset . uudecode uuencode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36 9-38 9-39 9-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual rshd Permuted Index Index viii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pindex-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents LIST OF TABLES Table 3−1. Supported Magic Values . . . Table 5−1. Controlling locale Utility Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64 . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Table 5−2. Categories and Keywords for the locale Utility Table 11−1. The Portable Character Set 527188-007 . . . . . .
What is New in This Manual This section describes changes made to the Open System Services Shell and Utilities Reference Manual since February 2006 (527188-006). This manual contains information about some of the following G-series development tools. For servers running H-series RVUs, these tools are supported only in H06.
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Changed Commands The following command descriptions were modified to describe features related to OSS ACLs: ar(1) chgrp(1) chmod(1) chown(1) compress(1) cp(1) cpio(1) find(1) ksh(1) ls(1) mkdir(1) mkfifo(1) mv(1) pack(1) pax(1) rm(1) sh(1) tar(1) uncompress(1) unpack(1) The pax(1) command description was modified to describe features related to OSS files larger than approximately 2 gigabytes.
About This Manual HP NonStop Open System Services (OSS) is partially derived from the Open Software Foundation OSF/1 product version 1.2. The Open System Services Shell and Utilities Reference Manual contains reference pages for OSS user commands and utilities. Unless otherwise indicated in the text, discussions of native mode behavior, processes, and so forth apply to both the TNS/R code that runs on G-series systems and to the TNS/E code that runs on H-series systems.
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • Section 12 contains miscellaneous reference pages, usually intended for administrator use. The reference pages are organized alphabetically within each section. If you are not sure of the name of the command you want, you can find help in the table of contents, index, and permuted index.
About This Manual EXIT VALUES Lists and describes exit values returned by the command. RELATED INFORMATION Lists OSS commands, functions, file formats, and special files employed by the command, that have a purpose related to that of the command, or that are otherwise of interest within the context of the command. This section can also list related documents.
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • Open System Services User’s Guide • rld Manual • Software Internationalization Guide • TCP/IP and TCP/IPv6 Programming Manual If you are working in or with the Guardian environment, see the Guardian Procedure Calls Reference Manual and its related manuals. If you are using the Guardian C run-time library, see the Guardian Native C Library Calls Reference Manual.
About This Manual Synopsis Format and Conventions The SYNOPSIS section of each reference page summarizes the ways a command is invoked. The following list describes the conventions used in these summaries. • Command names and all flags, required and optional, are always shown in bold type. • Arguments, to the command itself or to its flags, are always shown in italic type. • Optional items, including both flags and arguments, appear in brackets: for example, [file].
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Obsolescent Flags Obsolescent flags (that is, flags that have been replaced by new flags that reflect future trends in conformance) are documented. The new flags supersede the obsolescent flags, but the obsolescent flags are still supported. General Typographic and Keying Conventions This document uses several typographic conventions. (See also Synopsis Format and Conventions.
About This Manual results described, consult the stty and tset reference pages or your system administrator. Standard Key Sequences Some standard keystroke sequences are used for general purposes. For example, the Interrupt key sequence interrupts and cancels the current action, without proceeding further; you might use it to stop a command that is displaying output you do not want on your screen. The actual keys used are the same on most systems, but they are not universal.
Section 1. User Commands (a - b) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the Letters a through b.
add_define(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME add_define - Creates one or more DEFINEs for the current OSS shell SYNOPSIS add_define {define_name1}... [-like=define_name2] [attribute_specs]... FLAGS -like=define_name2 Creates a DEFINE with the attributes and values of the specified define_name2 and modified by the specified attribute_specs clauses.
User Commands (a - b) add_define(1) as follows: volume=\$oss.joe swap=\$null catalog=\$system.catalog For class=map (a MAP DEFINE), you must use the escape character in class-attributes as follows: file=\$volume.subvolume.file For class=search (a SEARCH DEFINE), you must use the escape character in class-attributes as follows: subvol0=\(a,b,c,d\) relsubvol0=\\foxii.\$coral.i subvol2=\(\$data.
add_define(1) 3. OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual To create a new DEFINE named PLUTO2 that has the characteristics of the DEFINE named =PLUTO, enter: add_define =PLUTO2 -like ==PLUTO EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned: 0 DEFINEs were created successfully. >0 An error occurred. NOTES The add_define command is a shell built-in command. It differs from the regular commands in that it does not open a new shell process when it executes.
User Commands (a - b) alias(1) NAME alias - Defines and lists aliases SYNOPSIS alias [-tx] [name[=value ...]] FLAGS -t Sets or lists tracked aliases. -x Sets or prints exported aliases. DESCRIPTION The alias command with no arguments prints the list of aliases in the form name=value on standard output, where name is the name of an alias and value is the current definition of that alias. If a name and value of the form name=value are specified an alias is defined for each name whose value is given.
apropos(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME apropos - Locates reference pages by keyword SYNOPSIS apropos keyword ... The apropos command shows which reference pages contain instances of any of the given keywords in their purpose lines. DESCRIPTION In looking for keywords, apropos considers each word separately and ignores the case of letters. Words that are part of other words are also considered; thus, when looking for the word compile, apropos will also find all instances of compiler.
User Commands (a - b) ar(1) NAME ar - Creates and maintains archive files and libraries SYNOPSIS ar -d [-v] [-l] archive file ... ar -m [-aAbilv] [position_name] archive file ... | ar -p [-v] [-s] archive [file ...] ar -q [-clv] archive [file ...] ar -r [-cuv] [-abil] [position_name] archive file ... ar -t [-v] [-s] [-Wfiletype] archive [file ...] ar -Wobey obey_file ar -x [-v] [-sCT] archive [file ...
ar(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -p Writes the contents of the named files from archive to the standard output file. If no files are specified, the contents of all files in the archive are written in the order they occur in the archive. -q Quickly appends the named files to the end of the archive file. The ar command does not check whether the appended files already exist in the archive.
User Commands (a - b) ar(1) file obey_file, you must specify one and only one flag from the required-flag set dmpqrtx. You can also specify any number of optional flags from the set abcilsuvCT. If you select one of the positioning flags (a, b, or i), you must also specify the name of a file within the library (position_name) immediately following the flag list and separated from it by a space. -x Extracts the files identified in the file operands from the archive specified in the archive operand.
ar(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual archive file is made up of target-independent object files. Text files are always target-environment independent. If ar detects mixing of OSS and Guardian environment object files, it issues a warning message but does not prevent you from creating an archive file of mixed environments. It is your responsibility to ensure that procedures used for resolving references work in the target environment; otherwise, program execution results in runtime errors.
User Commands (a - b) • ar(1) If the -r flag is used with the -v flag and the file specified in the file operand is already in the archive, the standard output is: "r - %s\n", file where file is the file operand specified on the command line.
ar(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual day-of-the-month is equivalent to the %e format in the date command. • hour is equivalent to the %H format in the date command. minute is equivalent to the %M format in the date command. year is equivalent to the %Y format in the date command.
User Commands (a - b) ar(1) FILES ar.h Describes the file structure of archive files. DIAGNOSTICS ar: creating archive archive. Informative message. The archive file specified in the command did not exist and has been created. ar: archive: Guardian or User Defined Error 43 The ar utility cannot obtain disk space for a file extent. ar: archive: Guardian or User Defined Error 45 The resulting file size exceeds 1,024,491,520 bytes and the file is not a valid archive file.
at(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME at - Runs commands at a user-specified later time SYNOPSIS at [-c | -s | -k] [-f file] [-q queuename] when [date] [+increment] [command | file] ... at [-c | -s | -k] [-f file] [-q queuename] -t time at -l [-o] [-q queuename] [user ...] at -l [job_number ...] at -r [ [-Fi] job_number ... ] | [-u user] at -n [user] FLAGS -c Requests that csh be used for executing this job. csh is not currently supported. In the current implementation, ksh will be used.
User Commands (a - b) at(1) -s Requests that the Bourne shell be used for executing this job. In the current implementation, ksh will be used. -t time Submits the job to be run at the specified time. The time argument must be in the format described for the touch command: [[cc]yy]MMddhhmm[.ss]. (For more information, refer to the touch(1) reference page.) -u user Deletes all jobs for the specified user.
at(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual date You can specify the date operand as either a month name and a day number (and possibly a year number preceded by a comma), or a day of the week. The LC_TIME environment variable specifies the order of the month name and day number (by default, month followed by day). at recognizes two special days, today and tomorrow, by default.
User Commands (a - b) 3. at(1) To list the jobs you have sent to be run later, enter: at -l 4. To cancel a job, enter: at -r super.super.586748399.a This cancels job super.super.586748399.a. FILES /var/adm/cron Main cron directory. /usr/lib/cron/at.allow List of allowed users. /usr/lib/cron/at.deny List of denied users. /var/spool/cron/atjobs Queue. NOTES The at utility does not accept jobs submitted from processes whose login user ID is different from the real user ID.
atq(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME atq - Prints the queue of jobs waiting to be run SYNOPSIS atq [-c | -n] [-q queuename] [user ...] FLAGS -c Sorts the queue by the time that the at command was issued. -n Prints only the number of files currently in the queue. -q queuename Specifies the queue you want to use. DESCRIPTION The atq command prints the queue of jobs waiting to be run at a later date. These jobs were created with the at command.
User Commands (a - b) atq(1) RELATED INFORMATION Commands: at(1), atrm(1), batch(1), cron(8). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
atrm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME atrm - Removes jobs queued by the at command SYNOPSIS atrm [-f | -i] -a [ | job_number ... | user ... ] FLAGS -a Removes all jobs belonging to the user invoking atrm. If this flag is specified by a user with appropriate privileges, all jobs on the queue are removed. -f Suppresses the printing of information about the jobs being removed.
User Commands (a - b) awk(1) NAME awk - Manipulates text and matches patterns in files SYNOPSIS awk -f program [-Fcharacter] [file ...] awk [-Fcharacter] statement ... [file ...] FLAGS -Fcharacter Uses character as the field separator character (a space by default). -f program Searches for the patterns and performs the actions found in the file program. DESCRIPTION The awk command provides a flexible text-manipulation language suitable for simple report generation.
awk(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Pattern-Action Statements Pattern-action statements follow the form: pattern {action} If a pattern lacks a corresponding action, awk writes the entire line that contains the pattern to standard output. If an action lacks a corresponding pattern, awk applies the action to every line. Actions An action is a sequence of statements that follow C language syntax.
User Commands (a - b) awk(1) Variables Variables can be scalars, array elements (denoted x[i]), or fields. Variable names can consist of uppercase and lowercase alphabetic letters, the underscore character, the digits (0 to 9), and extended characters. Variable names cannot begin with a digit. Variables are initialized to the null string. Array subscripts can be any string; they do not have to be numeric. This approach allows for a form of associative memory.
awk(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual close(argument) Closes the file or pipe expression. Note that you must enclose a filename in double quotes when redirecting output with the awk command; otherwise, it is treated as an awk variable. For example: print "Hello" > "/tmp/junk" close ("/tmp/junk") exp(number) Takes the exponential of its argument. rand Returns a random number on (0, 1). srand(number) Sets seed for rand. The default is the time of day.
User Commands (a - b) awk(1) from command. In all cases, getline returns 1 for a successful input, 0 (zero) for End-of-File, and -1 for an error. Patterns Patterns are arbitrary Boolean combinations of patterns and relational expressions (the !, |, and & operators and parentheses for grouping). You must start and end regular expressions with slashes. You can use regular expressions as described for the grep command, including the following special characters: + One or more occurrences of the pattern.
awk(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual There are no explicit conversions between numbers and strings. To force an expression to be treated as a number, add 0 (zero) to it. To force it to be treated as a string, append a null string (""). EXAMPLES 1. To display the lines of a file longer than 72 bytes, enter: awk ’length >72’ chapter1 This command selects each line of the file chapter1 that is longer than 72 bytes. awk then writes these lines to standard output because no action is specified.
User Commands (a - b) banner(1) NAME banner - Creates a large banner SYNOPSIS banner message DESCRIPTION The banner command prints the specified message in large letters on the standard output file. Each line in the banner can be up to 10 uppercase or lowercase characters long. On output, all characters appear in uppercase, with the lowercase input characters appearing smaller than the uppercase input characters. The banner command displays only ASCII characters. EXAMPLES 1.
basename(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME basename - Returns specified parts of pathnames SYNOPSIS basename string [suffix] DESCRIPTION The basename command reads the string specified on the command line, deletes the portion from the beginning to the last / (slash), and writes the base filename to standard output. If suffix is specified on the command line and suffix appears in string, the string is returned with the suffix removed.
User Commands (a - b) batch(1) NAME batch - Runs commands at a system-determined later time SYNOPSIS batch DESCRIPTION The batch command reads from the standard input file the names of commands to be run at a later time. The batch command runs these jobs when the system load level permits. The batch command is equivalent to the following at command: at -q b now Queue b is an at queue for batch jobs. The user redirects the errors and output from these jobs.
batch(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: at(1), atq(1), atrm(1), cron(8), kill(1), ps(1), sh(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This commmand conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification with extensions, except for the following features: 1−30 • Mail notification does not occur. • The SHELL and TZ environment variables are not used.
User Commands (a - b) bc(1) NAME bc - Arbitrary-precision arithmetic language processor SYNOPSIS bc [-cl] [file ...] The bc command is an interactive program that provides unlimited precision arithmetic. It is a preprocessor for the dc command. FLAGS -c Compiles file, but does not invoke dc. -l Includes a library of mathematical functions and initializes scale to 20, instead of the default of 0 (zero).
bc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Operators + - * / % ˆ (% is remainder; ˆ is power) ++ -- (prefix and suffix; apply to names) == <= >= != <> = =+ =- =* =/ =% ˆ= += -= *= /= %= Statements expression {statement;...;statement} if (expression) statement while (expression) statement for (expression;expression;expression) statement (null statement) break quit The statement following a for or while statement must begin on the same line. Function Definitions define letter (letter,...
User Commands (a - b) bc(1) All for statements must have all three expressions. The quit statement is interpreted immediately, not when bc is evaluating statements. EXAMPLES When you enter bc expressions directly from the keyboard, press the End-of-File key sequence to end the bc session and return to the shell command line. 1.
bc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Enter: 1/6 The system responds as follows: 0.166 You may type the comments (enclosed in /* */), but they are provided only for your information. The bc command displays the value of each expression when you press , except for assignments. Exit by typing quit followed by 2.
User Commands (a - b) bc(1) Enter: bc -l prog.bc This statement interprets the bc program saved in prog.bc, then reads more bc command statements from standard input (the keyboard). Starting the bc command with the -l flag makes the math library available. This example uses the e (exponential) function from the math library, and f is defined in the program prog.bc. Enter: e(2) /* e squared */ The system responds as follows: 7.
bg(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME bg - Causes processes to run in the background SYNOPSIS bg [job ...] DESCRIPTION The bg command causes stopped processes specified as job to run in the background. If no process is specified as job, the most recently stopped process is restarted as a background process. (See Jobs for a description of the format of job.) EXAMPLES 1. The following command restarts, as a background process, the previously stopped job whose job number is 149.
User Commands (a - b) break(1) NAME break - Exits from for, while, until, or select loop SYNOPSIS break [n] DESCRIPTION Exits from the enclosing for, while, until, or select loop, if any. If n is specified, breaks at the nth enclosing level. EXAMPLES 1. The following shell script demonstrates the use of the break command to exit from a loop: for x in 1 2 3 4 5 do if [ $x != 3 ] then print $x else break fi done EXIT VALUES If an invalid argument is specified, the exit value is greater than 0 (zero).
Section 2. User Commands (c) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letter c.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME c89 - Compiles C and C++ programs using the native compilers SYNOPSIS c89 [-c | -Wnolink ] [ [ -D name[="value" ] ] ... ] [ -E ] [ -g ] [-I directory ... ] [-L directory ...
User Commands (c) c89(1) [-WmoduleSchema="schema_spec" ] [-WmoduleTableSet[="[tableset_spec" ] ] ] [-WmoduleVersion[="[version_spec" ] ] ] [-Wmultibyte_char ] [-Wmxcmp[="args" ] ] [-Wmxcmp_add="args" ] [-Wmxcmp_files="file"[,...] ] [-Wmxcmp_querydefault="attr_name=attr_value"[,...
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual FLAGS -c | -Wnolink Compiles the specified C or C++ source files but suppresses linking, even if another flag specifies linking. You cannot specify the -c flag if you use the -Wshared flag. -D name[="value" ] Defines the preprocessor symbol name as value. It is equivalent to a #define directive in the source. If no value is given, name is defined as 1. The -D flag has lower precedence than the -U flag.
User Commands (c) -s c89(1) Strips symbolic information not required for proper execution from object and executable files. The resulting object file cannot be debugged using a symbolic debugger. This flag is ignored if the -Wr flag is also specified. -U name Removes any initial definition of the preprocessor symbol name. The -U flag has higher precedence than the -D flag. If name is specified in both a -U and a -D flag, name is undefined regardless of the order of the flags.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -WBstatic Specifies that the linker utility uses static linking when searching for libraries specified in subsequent operands of the form -l library. Static linking is in effect until a -WBdynamic flag is specified. -WBdynamic, not -WBstatic, is the default setting. Refer to the Dynamic and Static Linking subsection for details.
User Commands (c) c89(1) -Wdryrun Verifies the syntax and semantics of flags and operands specified to c89 and enables the -Wv flag. No compilation system components are run. -Weld="args" Passes the arguments specified in args to the eld utility after any other arguments are passed. This flag is valid only for TNS/E-targeted compilations. Use this flag to pass arguments to eld when creating a PIC file. c89 does not check the validity of eld arguments.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual function table (but to define it as a local static entity). The flag -Wsuppress_vtbl suppresses the definition of the virtual function tables for such classes, and the flag -Wforce_vtbl forces the definition of the virtual function table for such classes. The -Wsuppress_vtbl flag is valid only for C++ compilations.
User Commands (c) c89(1) -Wsystype=oss is used, the default setting is -Whighrequesters=on. This flag is set only if an executable object file is produced. -W[no]include_whole Tells the ld or eld linker whether to include in the loadfile all linkable archive members of all archive libraries encountered after this flag is specified. Specifying -Winclude_whole begins this linking action. When -Wnoinclude_whole behavior is in effect, archive searches are controlled by the existence of undefined symbols.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -Winline_compiler_generated_functions Allows all compiler-generated functions to be inline. Specifying this flag does not guarantee that a function can be inlined. If this flag is omitted, compiler-generated functions are not inlined and are exported. The -Winline_compiler_generated_functions flag is valid only for TNS/R-targeted C++ compilations.
User Commands (c) c89(1) You can only use this flag if you use one of the following flags: -Wcall_shared or -Wshared This flag is ignored when the command does not initiate linking. -Wlines=l Specifies the maximum number of lines on a listing page, if a listing is generated. l must be in the range 10 through 32767. -W[no]list Temporarily enables [disables] the generation of listing text. Both the -Wlist and -Wnolist flags are ignored unless -Wnosuppress is specified. The default setting is -Wlist.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -WmoduleTableSet[="[tableset_spec" ] ] Specifies a string for a NonStop SQL/MX tableset specification to use as the first suffix to the module name. The specified string is used only if the input file does not contain an SQL/MX module directive or its module directive does not specify a tableset name. The string cannot contain more than 31 characters. This flag is valid only for preprocessor release 1.8 and newer.
User Commands (c) c89(1) -Wnld="args" Passes the arguments specified in args to the nld utility after any other arguments are passed. This flag is valid only for TNS/R-targeted compilations. This flag does not invoke nld. If the nld utility is not invoked, this flag is ignored. Use this flag to pass arguments to nld when creating a TNS/R native non-PIC program or user library. c89 does not check the validity of nld arguments.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -WOlimit=value Specifies the maximum decimal number of basic blocks of a routine that the global optimizer will optimize. When a routine has more basic blocks than this number, it is not optimized and a warning message is printed. When the -WOlimit flag is specified, either the -O or -Woptimize=2 flags must also be specified. When the -WOlimit flag is not specified, an optimized routine can contain at most 2500 basic blocks.
User Commands (c) c89(1) The -E, -WH, and -WM flags override the -WP flag. -Wpool_string_literals Specifies that, within a compilation unit, multiple occurences of the same string literal should occupy the same storage space. This flag applies to C++ compilations only; it is ignored when C++ is not used. The default assignment for multiple occurrences of a string literal gives them separate storage space. -Wr Produces a nonexecutable non-PIC object file.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • For a C module compilation, this option causes the compiler to issue an error, instead of a warning, for implicitly declared functions. If you specify an H-series RVU: • You must specify the value in the form H06.nn—for example -WRVU=H06.05. • The -Wtarget flag is not required, but if you do specify it, you must specify TNS/E for the value.
User Commands (c) c89(1) noansi_varchars Directs the preprocessor to turn off generation of ANSI varchar data. This option is valid only for preprocessor release 1.8 and newer. noline Directs the preprocessor to suppress generation of #line directives in the preprocessed output source file that it creates. null_terminate Directs the preprocessor to terminate host variable strings with a NULL before fetch operations into them. This option is valid only for preprocessor release 1.8 and newer.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -W[no]suppress Disables [enables] the generation of listings. The listing is placed in a file in the current working directory with the same name as the source, but with a suffix of .L. The default setting is -Wsuppress. -Wsyntax Performs only a syntax check. No code is generated. -Wsystype={guardian | oss } Specifies the target execution environment.
User Commands (c) c89(1) -Wversion1 | -Wversion2 | -Wversion3 Specifies which C++ dialect to compile. -Wversion1 specifies the original version, released with D40. This is the default for systems with a Release Version Update (RVU) prior to G06.00. This value is only valid for TNS/R-targeted C++ compilations. -Wversion2 specifies the dialect released with D45. This version supports such features as the bool type, namespaces, and exceptions. -Wversion3 specifies the dialect released with G06.20.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual c89 performs the following steps: 1. If the corresponding -W flag is specified, invokes an SQL preprocessor to process any embedded SQL statements in C or C++ source files, creating C only, C++ only, or module definition files as appropriate. 2. Compiles any specified C and C++ source files or source files produced by Step 1 into object files. 3.
User Commands (c) c89(1) Dynamic and Static Linking The -WBdllsonly and -WBdynamic flags specify dynamic linking. The -WBstatic flag specifies static linking. In dynamic linking: • The nld utility first searches for a shared run-time library (SRL). If an SRL cannot be found, nld then searches for an archive file. If neither of these files are found, an error is issued. In static linking, nld searches for an archive file but does not search for an SRL.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual _XOPEN_SOURCE Makes visible to the preprocessor identifiers required or permitted by extensions made by the XPG4 specification. c89 defines this feature-test macro by default unless the -Wsystype=guardian flag is specified. There are other feature-test macros defined by the compiler itself, not by c89. These feature-test macros do not appear in the output of -Wv and -Wdryrun flags.
User Commands (c) c89(1) file.ecxx A C++ language source file containing embedded NonStop SQL/MX information to be preprocessed, compiled, and optionally linked file.i A preprocessed C source file to be compiled and optionally linked file.ii A preprocessed C++ source file to be compiled and optionally linked file.m A module definition file (MDF) containing NonStop SQL/MX information for a corresponding C source file file.o An object file passed directly to a linker utility file.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • A module definition file created by the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor. When the -Wsql flag is specified, C source files that contain embedded NonStop SQL/MP information can have names suffixed with .c or .ec. When the -Wsqlmx flag is specified, c89 uses the source file filename extension to determine the language mode (C or C++) and the names of the source files created by the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor.
User Commands (c) c89(1) -l m Contains all functions referenced in the math.h header file. -l y Contains all functions required by the C language output of the yacc utility that are not made available through the -l c operand. In the absence of flags that inhibit invocation of a linker utility, such as -c and -E, c89 directs the linker to search the standard C library after all other object files and libraries are searched.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Environment Variables The following environment variables affect the execution of c89. AS1 Determines the pathname of the as1 assembler component of the C and C++ compilers. /usr/lib/as1 is the default location for the OSS environment. This environment variable is used for TNS/R-targeted compilations only. CCOMBE Determines the pathname of the ccombe component of the C and C++ compilers. /usr/cmplr/ccombe is the default location for the OSS environment.
User Commands (c) c89(1) SQLCFE Determines the pathname of the native C NonStop SQL/MP processor, sqlcfe. /usr/lib/sqlcfe is the default location for the OSS environment. This environment variable is used for TNS/R-targeted compilations only. SQLCOMP Determines the pathname of the native NonStop SQL/MP compiler, sqlcomp. $SYSTEM.SYSTEM.SQLCOMP is the default location for the OSS environment. The value of SQLCOMP must be a Guardian filename.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 4. The command c89 -g -o test2 x.c y.c z.c -Wnostdinc -I/dev/product/app/src -I/new/usr/include -lclient -lserver -L/dev/product/lib -L/new/usr/lib compiles the source files x.c, y.c, and z.c and links their respective object files x.o, y.o, and z.o into the executable file test2. Symbolic information is generated by the compiler and retained by the linker utility for debugging.
User Commands (c) 8. c89(1) The command c89 -Wsqlmx -Wmxcmp -o sqlprog.exe sqlprog.ec causes the following steps to be performed: 9. a. c89 invokes the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor, mxsqlc. mxsqlc takes the file sqlprog.ec (consisting of a single C module with embedded NonStop SQL/MX information) as input and produces two files: sqlprog.c and sqlprog.m. sqlprog.c is the C-only equivalent of sqlprog.ec; that is, NonStop SQL/MX statements are translated to the appropriate C code. sqlprog.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 14. The command c89 file.c -lc -WBstatic -l archive -WBdynamic -l native compiles the source file file.c and links the object file into an executable file a.out in the current working directory. The linker performs dynamic linking by searching first for the file libc.srl and then libc.a. The linker then performs static linking by searching for the file libarchive.a. The linker then performs dynamic linking by searching first for the file libnative.
User Commands (c) c89(1) /G/system/sysnn/zi18nsrl Internationalization function object code for G-series processes; linked automatically. /G/system/sysnn/zi18ndll Internationalization function object code for H-series processes; linked automatically. /G/system/sysnn/zosscsrl Function object code for G-series processes; linked automatically. /G/system/sysnn/zosscdll Function object code for H-series processes; linked automatically.
c89(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual STANDARDS CONFORMANCE All -W options are HP extensions to the POSIX and XOPEN standards.
User Commands (c) cal(1) NAME cal - Displays a calendar SYNOPSIS cal [ [month] year] DESCRIPTION The cal command writes to the standard output file a Gregorian calendar for the specified month or year. If you provide two operands, cal assumes the first to be month and the second to be year. The month operand specifies the month for which you want the calendar, and it must be a number in the range 1 through 12 for January through December, respectively.
cancel(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cancel - Removes job requests from the line printer spooling queue SYNOPSIS cancel [request-ID ...] location ... The cancel command removes one or more requests from a printer’s spool queue. DESCRIPTION Because the spooling directory is protected from users, using the cancel command is normally the way a user can remove a request. Users can cancel jobs they initiated. Superusers with special privileges can cancel jobs initiated by other users.
User Commands (c) cancel(1) EXAMPLES 1. To remove a job whose request ID is 123 in the default print queue, enter: cancel 123 2. To remove a job whose request ID is 123 in the print queue for printer1, enter: cancel 123 -Pprinter1 NOTES Because race conditions are possible in the update of the lock file, the currently active request may be incorrectly identified. EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned by the cancel command: 0 Completion was successful. >0 An error occurred.
cat(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cat - Concatenates or displays files SYNOPSIS cat [-benrstuv] [- | file] ... The cat command reads each specified file in sequence and writes it to standard output. FLAGS -b Omits line numbers from blank lines when -n is specified. If you specify the -b flag, the -n flag is automatically invoked with it. -e Same as the -v flag with a $ (dollar sign) character displayed at the end of each line.
User Commands (c) 4. cat(1) To append one file to the end of another, enter: cat section1.4 >> section1 The >> in this command specifies that a copy of section1.4 be added to the end of section1. If you want to replace the file, use a single > symbol. 5. To add text to the end of a file, enter: cat >> notes Get milk on the way home Get milk on the way home is added to the end of notes. When you use this syntax, the cat command waits for you to enter text.
cd(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cd - Changes the current directory SYNOPSIS cd argument DESCRIPTION The cd command changes the current directory to argument, where argument is a pathname. If argument is a - (dash), the directory is changed to the previous directory. The HOME shell parameter is the default argument. The PWD parameter is set to the current directory. The CDPATH shell parameter defines the search path for the directory containing argument.
User Commands (c) chgrp(1) NAME chgrp - Changes the group ownership of a file or directory SYNOPSIS chgrp [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [-fhR] group file ... | The chgrp command changes the group associated with the specified file or directory to group. FLAGS -f Suppresses all error reporting. -h Changes the group ownership of a symbolic link, instead of the file to which the symbolic link points. When you use this flag, the chgrp command does not affect the file pointed to by the symbolic link.
chgrp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Environment Variables The following environment variables affect the execution of the chgrp command: UTILSGE Specifies that HP extensions to the root directory should be omitted when the initial directory is root and a recursive operation occurs in an OSS shell command. Application programs that test this variable might also honor its settings. The UTILSGE value can be any of the following: NOE Omit the /E directory. NOG Omit the /G directory.
User Commands (c) chmod(1) NAME chmod - Changes permissions and other file mode settings SYNOPSIS chmod [-fR] absolute_mode file ... chmod [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [-fhR] [who] +permission ... | -permission ... | =permission ... file ... | FLAGS -f Does not report an error if the chmod command fails to change the mode on a file. -h Changes the mode of a symbolic link, instead of the file to which the symbolic link points.
chmod(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual To set the permission bits of access control list entries, use the setacl command instead of the chmod command. ACLs are not supported for symbolic links. Symbolic Mode Symbolic mode has the form: [who] operation permission[, operation permission ...] The who argument specifies whether you are defining permissions for a user, group, or all others, or any combination of these.
User Commands (c) t chmod(1) Save text permission. In some versions of the UNIX system, setting this permission bit causes the text segment of a program to remain in virtual memory after its first use. Such systems therefore do not transfer the program code of frequently accessed programs into the paging area. You can specify this permission for OSS files, but it has no effect.
chmod(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • Restricts file removal (directory). 00000400 Permits read by owner (the S_IRUSR bit). 00000200 Permits write by owner (the S_IWUSR bit). 00000100 Permits execute or search by owner (the S_IXUSR bit). 00000040 Permits read by group (the S_IRGRP bit). 00000020 Permits write by group (the S_IWGRP bit). 00000010 Permits execute or search by group (the S_IXGRP bit). 00000004 Permits read by others (the S_IROTH bit).
User Commands (c) 2. chmod(1) To make several permission changes at once, enter: chmod go-w+x mydir This command denies group members and others the permission to create or delete files in the directory mydir (go-w) and allows them to search mydir or use it in a pathname (go+x). This command is equivalent to the following command sequence: chmod chmod chmod chmod 3.
chmod(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: chgrp(1), chown(1), getacl(1), ls(1), setacl(1), sh(1). | Miscellaneous topics: acl(5).
User Commands (c) chown(1) NAME chown - Changes the owner of files or directories SYNOPSIS chown [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [-fhR] owner[:group] file ... | FLAGS -f Turns off error reporting. -h Changes the ownership of a symbolic link, instead of the file to which the symbolic link points. When you use this flag, the chown command does not affect the file pointed to by the symbolic link. If you use the -R flag with this flag, recursion does not take place.
chown(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Access Control Lists (ACLs) A user can use the ACL for a file to allow or deny specific individuals and groups access to a file. When you use the chown( ) function with ACLs, if the new owner and/or group of a file have optional ACL entries corresponding to user:uid:perm or group:gid:perm in the ACL for a file, those entries remain in the ACL but no longer have any effect because they are superseded by the user::perm or group::perm entries in the ACL.
User Commands (c) chown(1) RELATED INFORMATION Commands: chgrp(1), chmod(1), ls(1). Functions: chmod(2), setacl(2). | Miscellaneous topics: acl(5).
cksum(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cksum - Displays the checksum and byte count of a file SYNOPSIS cksum [file ...] DESCRIPTION The cksum command reads the files specified by the file argument and calculates a 32-bit checksum Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) and the byte count for each file. If no files are specified, the standard input file is read. The checksum, number of bytes, and filename are written to the standard output file. If standard input is used, no pathname is printed.
User Commands (c) cksum(1) RELATED INFORMATION Commands: wc(1).
clear(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME clear - Clears terminal screen SYNOPSIS clear DESCRIPTION The clear command clears your terminal screen, if possible. It checks the ENV file for the terminal type and then uses the termcap database to determine how to perform this operation. FILES /etc/termcap RELATED INFORMATION Files: termcap(4).
User Commands (c) cmp(1) NAME cmp - Compares two files SYNOPSIS cmp [-l | -s] file1 file2 The cmp command compares two files. FLAGS -l Prints the byte number (in decimal) and the differing bytes (in octal) for each difference. -s Does not print data for differing files; returns only an exit value. DESCRIPTION If the file1 or file2 argument is specified as a - (dash), the standard input file is used. By default, the cmp command prints no information if the files are the same.
cobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cobol - Compiles COBOL85 TNS programs SYNOPSIS cobol [-c ] [-g ] [ -L directory ] ... [-O[optlevel ] ] [-o outfile ] [ -s ] [-Waxcel[="args" ] ] [-WBdynamic ] [-WBstatic ] [-Wbind[="args" ] ] [-Wcobol="args" ] [-Wcopylib=pathname ] [-Wnobind ] [-Wrunlib=pathname ] [-Wsql[="args" ] ] [-Wverbose ] operand ... FLAGS -c Performs compilation of the specified source files but supresses the binding phase.
User Commands (c) cobol(1) -Waxcel[="args"] Invokes the Accelerator, axcel, and passes to it the argument string enclosed in quotation marks. Refer to the Accelerator Manual for a description of the arguments that can be passed to the Accelerator. -WBdynamic Specifies that dynamic binding is performed. In dynamic binding, the Binder resolves references to library functions using a shared runtime library, such as lib.so, but does not bind the functions into the program.
cobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DESCRIPTION The cobol utility is the interface to the COBOL85 compilation system; it accepts source code conforming to the ISO COBOL85 standard. The system conceptually consists of a COBOL85 compiler and Binder, with additional program components supporting NonStop SQL/MP compilation (sqlcomp), and object code acceleration (axcel).
User Commands (c) cobol(1) • An object file in the format produced by the command cobol -c • A library of object files in the format produced by archiving zero or more object files using the ar command • A library of object files produced by the Binder • An executable file produced by the Binder Output Files Output files are object files or executable files (or both). Standard Output The standard output is a text file that contains the compiler listing, if generated.
cobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The Binder is invoked with a command file containing the following commands: MODE NOUPSHIFT SELECT CHECK PARAMETER STRONG SELECT FILESYS OSS SET SYSTYPE OSS ADD * FROM
User Commands (c) • cobol(1) If a valid filename cannot be generated using the rule above, a filename returned from tmpnam is used, and a message informs the user of the new filename. Libraries residing in Guardian directories cannot be specified as -l operands because of the naming convention. They can be specified in the desired order with -Wbind flags. The default executable file in a Guardian file system is aout in the directory from which cobol is invoked.
cobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual utility with: c89 -c -o cprog.o c1.c c2.c This directs c89 to compile the two modules but not to bind them. The output object file is cprog.o. You can then invoke the cobol utility to compile the two COBOL85 modules, bind the COBOL85 compiler output with the previously produced C object file and the standard C library, and run the Accelerator to produce the executable object myprog with: cobol -o myprog -O cprog.o cobol1.cbl cobol2.
User Commands (c) 7. cobol(1) The command cobol -Wnobind -Wsql="catalog \$abc.def" xyz invokes the NonStop SQL/MP compiler, sqlcomp, on program file xyz without going through the binding process. In addition to the input filename xyz, the catalog option is passed to the NonStop SQL/MP compiler. 8. The command cobol -o testprog -L . -L /usr/test/lib testprog.cbl -l tdm compiles the COBOL85 language source program testprog.cbl and binds the object file with the library specified in the -l operand.
cobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ar(1), c89(1), ecobol(1), nmcobol(1), strip(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The -W flags are HP extensions.
User Commands (c) comm(1) NAME comm - Compares two sorted files SYNOPSIS comm [-123] file1 file2 The comm command reads file1 and file2 and writes three columns to the standard output file, showing which lines are common to both files and which are unique to each file. FLAGS -1 Suppresses output of the first column (lines only in file1). -2 Suppresses output of the second column (lines only in file2). -3 Suppresses output of the third column (lines common to file1 and file2).
comm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual File file2 contains this sorted list: Atlanta Chicago Cincinnati Denver Houston Los Angeles Miami Montreal New York Philadelphia Pittsburgh San Diego San Francisco St. Louis 1.
User Commands (c) 2. comm(1) To display any one or two of the three output columns, include the appropriate flags to suppress the columns you do not want. For example, the following command displays lines that appear only in file1 and only in file2: comm -3 file1 file2 Anaheim Atlanta Baltimore Boston Cincinnati Cleveland Dallas Denver Detroit Houston Kansas City Los Angeles Miami Milwaukee Minneapolis Montreal Oakland Philadelphia Pittsburgh San Diego San Francisco Seattle St. Louis Toronto 3.
comm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cmp(1), diff(1), sort(1), uniq(1). Files: locale(4).
User Commands (c) command(1) NAME command - Treats command arguments as a simple command SYNOPSIS command [-p] command_name [argument ...] The command command causes the shell to treat the arguments to command as a simple command and suppresses the default shell function lookup. FLAGS -p Performs the command search using a default value for the path that is guaranteed to find all of the standard utilities.
compress(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME compress - Compresses or decompresses data SYNOPSIS compress [-CdfFnqvV] [-b maxbits] [file ...] compress [-cCdfFnqvV] [-b maxbits] [file] FLAGS -b maxbits Specifies the maximum number of bits to use to replace common substrings in the file. The default value for the maxbits argument is 16, with values of 9 through 16 acceptable. First, the algorithm uses 9-bit codes 257 through 512.
User Commands (c) compress(1) The amount of compression obtained depends on the size of the input file, the number of bits per code, and the distribution of common substrings. Typically, files containing source code or plain text are reduced by 50 to 60 percent. If the file has an access control list (ACL), the ACL is preserved when the file is compressed. For more information about ACLs, see the acl(5) reference page.
continue(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME continue - Resumes a for, while, until, or select loop SYNOPSIS continue [n] DESCRIPTION The continue command resumes the next iteration of the enclosing for, while, until, or select loop. If n is specified, resumes at the nth enclosing level. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (c) cp(1) NAME cp - Copies files SYNOPSIS cp [-fip] [-W clobber] source_file target_file cp [-fip] [-W clobber] source_file ... destination_directory cp [-fLip] [-r | -R] [-W clobber] [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [source_file | source_directory] ... destination_directory FLAGS -f Tries to unlink the destination file and proceed if a file descriptor for a destination file cannot be obtained.
cp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual HP Extensions -L Overrides the default behavior of the -R flag so that cp follows symbolic links. -W clobber Allows the existing target Guardian file to be overwritten using the date from the source file. -W NOG Specifies that the /G directory should be omitted when the initial directory is root (/) and a recursive flag (-R or -r) is used. This flag is ignored when the initial directory is not /, /E, or /E/system or when recursion does not occur.
User Commands (c) cp(1) The OSS Network File System (NFS) cannot access files that have ACLs. | This table describes the impact of ACLs on the permissions used when a new file or directory is created by the cp command. Cases not included in the table represent impossible situations. | _______________________________________________________ L cp L Source Source Dest. Impact of L Command Fileset L File/Dir Filesset ACLs on L Supports L Supports Has Opt.
cp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • A destination pathname might be transformed into a /G pathname that is quite different from its original pathname. For example, the OSS filename abcde.fghi is converted into the /G filename ABCDEFGH. In this example, the copy operation succeeds but the name of the newly created destination file might cause confusion if it is not anticipated.
User Commands (c) e. cp(1) To copy all files with a name ending in the letter c from the current OSS directory to Guardian $VOL.SUBVOL, enter: cp . /*c /G/vol/subvol The Guardian filenames resulting from this copy are truncated to the first eight characters. Characters in the OSS filenames that are illegal to the Guardian file system are skipped during the renaming process. The specified target volume must exist in the Guardian environment. f.
cpio(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cpio - Copies files to and from archive storage SYNOPSIS cpio -o[aABcv] | cpio -i[ABcdfmrtuv] [pattern ... ] | cpio -p[aAdlmuv] directory | FLAGS The -i, -o, and -p flags are described in the DESCRIPTION section of this reference page. -a Resets the access times of copied files to the current time. (When the -l flag is also specified, the access times of the linked files are not reset.
User Commands (c) cpio(1) cpio -o (Copy Out) This command reads file pathnames from the standard input file and copies these files to the standard output file along with pathnames and status information. Output is padded to a 512-byte boundary. cpio -i (Copy In) This command reads an archive file created by the cpio -o command from the standard input file and copies from it the files with names that match pattern. These files are copied into the current directory tree.
cpio(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ar(1), find(1), ls(1), pax(1), sh(1). Files: cpio(4), locale(4). Miscellaneous topics: acl(5). | STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification with extensions.
User Commands (c) crontab(1) NAME crontab - Submits a schedule of commands to cron SYNOPSIS crontab [file] crontab -l | -v | -e crontab -r The crontab command copies the specified file, or the standard input file if you do not specify a file, into a directory that holds all users’ crontab files. The cron command runs commands according to the instructions in the crontab files. FLAGS -e Edits a copy of your crontab entry. If the crontab entry does not exist, crontab creates an empty entry to edit.
crontab(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • Two numbers separated by a dash to indicate an inclusive range. • A list of numbers, separated by commas, which selects all numbers in the list. • An asterisk, meaning all legal values. Days can be specified by two fields (day of the month and day of the week). If you specify both as a list of elements, both are adhered to.
User Commands (c) crontab(1) wall command as follows: HAPPY HOLIDAYS Drive safely FILES /var/spool/cron/crontabs Directory containing the crontab files /var/adm/cron/cron.allow List of allowed users /var/adm/cron/cron.deny List of denied users $HOME/.profile User profile NOTES a. When entries are made to a crontab file, all previous entries are erased. b. If cron.allow exists, a login name with appropriate privileges be listed for that user to be able to use the command.
csplit(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME csplit - Splits files by context SYNOPSIS csplit [-f prefix] [-ks] [-n number] [file | -] argument ... The csplit command reads the specified file and separates it into segments defined by the specified arguments. FLAGS -f prefix Specifies the prefix name (xx by default) for the created file segments.
User Commands (c) csplit(1) {number} Repeats the preceding argument the specified number of times. This number can follow any of the pattern or line_number arguments. If it follows a pattern argument, the csplit command reuses that pattern the specified number of times. If it follows a line_number argument, csplit splits the file from that point every line_number of lines for number times. Place within quotation marks all pattern arguments that contain spaces or other characters special to the shell.
cut(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME cut - Displays selected parts from each line of a file SYNOPSIS cut -b list [-n] [file ...] cut -c list [file ...] cut -f list [-d character] [-s] [file ...] The cut command locates the specified parts in each line of the specified file and writes the characters in them to the standard output file. FLAGS -b list Cuts selections based on a list of bytes. Each selected byte is output, unless you also specify the -n flag.
User Commands (c) cut(1) You must specify the -b flag (to select bytes), the -c flag (to select characters), or the -f flag (to select fields). The list argument (see the -b, -c, and -f flags) must be a space-separated or comma-separated list of positive numbers and ranges. Ranges can be in three forms: • Two positive numbers separated by a - (dash), as in the form low-high, which represents all fields from the first number to the second number.
cut(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: grep(1), paste(1).
Section 3. User Commands (d - f) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters d through f.
date(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME date - Display the date and time SYNOPSIS date [-u] [+format] The date command displays the date and time. FLAGS -u Performs operations as if the TZ environment variable was set to the string UTC0 or its equivalent historical value GMT0. Otherwise, the date command uses the time zone indicated by the TZ environment variable or the system default time zone if that variable is not set.
User Commands (d - f) date(1) c Displays the locale’s appropriate time and date representation. C Displays the locale’s century (the year divided by 100 and truncated to an integer) as a decimal number (00 through 99). d Displays the day of the month as a decimal number (01 through 31). D Displays the date in the format mm/dd/yy (the default format) or as specified by the LC_TIME environment variable, if defined.
date(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual OW Specifies the week number of the year (with Monday as the first day of the week) using the locale’s alternative numeric symbols. Oy Specifies the year (offset from the display of the %C field descriptor) in alternative representation. p Displays the locale’s equivalent of either AM or PM. r Displays the time (12-hour clock) using AM/PM notation (or the nonhown in this nonEnglish equivalent) in the format hh:mm:ss AM or hh:mm:ss PM.
User Commands (d - f) dc(1) NAME dc - Performs integer arithmetic with arbitrary precision SYNOPSIS dc [file] DESCRIPTION The dc command is an arbitrary-precision arithmetic calculator. dc takes its input from file or the standard input file until it reads an End-of-File character. It writes to the standard output file. dc operates on integers by default, but you can use subcommands to specify an input base, an output base, and a number of fractional digits to be maintained.
dc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual p Prints the top value on the stack. The top value remains unchanged. P Interprets the top value on the stack as an ASCII string, prints it, and removes it. q Exits the program. If dc is executing a string, it pops the recursion level by two. Q Pops the top value on the stack and pop the string execution level by that value. sx Pops the top value on the stack and stores it in a register named x, where x can be any single-byte character.
User Commands (d - f) dc(1) Enter: 16 63 5 / + p [ Divide 63 by 5, add the result to 16 ] The system responds as follows: 28.600 Enter: 16 63 5 + / p [ Add 63 and 5, divide the result by 16 ] The system responds as follows: 0.235 You can type the comments (enclosed in brackets) into the command, but they are provided only for your information. When you enter dc expressions directly from the keyboard, press the End-of-File key sequence to end the dc session and return to the shell command line. 2.
dc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: bc(1). Files: locale(4). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (d - f) del_define(1) NAME del_define - Deletes one or more DEFINEs from the current OSS shell SYNOPSIS del_define {{define-name}... | all} FLAGS all Specifies that all existing DEFINEs except =_DEFAULTS are to be deleted. DESCRIPTION The del_define command is specific to OSS and an OSS shell built-in command. It deletes DEFINEs from the OSS shell. The del_define command affects only DEFINEs for the current shell process. It is similiar to the TACL DELETE DEFINE command.
df(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME df - Displays statistics of filesets SYNOPSIS df [-k] [ [fileset] ... ] FLAGS -k Causes disk space numbers to be reported in 1024-byte (1-kilobyte) blocks. By default, all numbers are reported in 512-byte blocks. DESCRIPTION The df command displays the amount of used and available disk space on the fileset specified as fileset.
User Commands (d - f) diff(1) NAME diff - Compares text files SYNOPSIS diff [-c | -C number | -e | -f | -n] [-br] directory1 directory2 diff [-c | -C number | -e | -f | -n] [-b] file1 file2 FLAGS The -c, -C, -e, -f, and -n flags are mutually exclusive. The -r flag can be specified only with directory comparisons. The -b flag can be used in combination with any other flags and in both file and directory comparisons.
diff(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Output Options There are several choices for output format. The default output format contains lines of these forms: number1 a number2,number3 number1,number2 d number3 number1,number2 c number3,number4 These lines resemble ed commands to convert file1 into file2. a indicates that a line or lines were added to one of the files; d indicates that a line or lines were deleted; and c indicates that a line or lines were changed.
User Commands (d - f) diff(1) Block, character, or FIFO special files cannot be used with the diff command because they cause the command to exit. Because /G and /E both appear in your local root directory, you should be very careful when using OSS shell commands on or from the root directory. OSS shell commands that perform recursive actions make no destinction between Guardian and OSS files or between local and remote files.
dircmp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME dircmp - Compares two directories SYNOPSIS dircmp [-d] [-s] directory1 directory2 FLAGS -d Displays, for each common filename, the differing contents of the two files, if any. The display format is the same as that of the diff command. -s Suppresses listing of the names of identical files. DESCRIPTION The dircmp command reads directory1 and directory2, compares their contents, and writes the results to the standard output file.
User Commands (d - f) dircmp(1) STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification with extensions.
dirname(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME dirname - Returns specified parts of pathnames SYNOPSIS dirname string DESCRIPTION The dirname command reads the string specified on the command line, deletes from the last / (slash) to the end of the line, and writes the remaining pathname to standard output. The dirname command is generally used inside command substitutions within a shell procedure to specify an output filename that is some variation of a specified input filename. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (d - f) dspcat(1) NAME dspcat - Displays all or part of a message catalog SYNOPSIS dspcat [-g] catalog_name [set_number [message_number] ] FLAGS -g formats the output so that it can be used as input to the gencat utility. You cannot use the message_number operand with the -g flag. Operands catalog_name identifies a file containing a message catalog. If you omit this operand, dspcat searches for the message catalog in the set of directories specified by the NLSPATH environment variable.
dspcat(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The dspcat utility is an HP extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (d - f) dspmsg(1) NAME dspmsg - Writes a message from a message catalog to standard output SYNOPSIS dspmsg [-s set_number] catalog_name message_number [ ’default_message’ ] [argument . . . ] FLAGS -s set_number specifies a set in the message catalog; the default set number is 1, if not specified by -s set_number. Operands catalog_name specifies the message catalog. message_number specifies the message to be written to standard output.
dspmsg(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DIAGNOSTICS The dspmsg utility generates these errors: \nNone or all arguments must use \%n$ format \n$ missing from \%n$ format \nNone or all arguments must use \%n$ format \nInvalid argument index \nInvalid format specifier RELATED INFORMATION Commands: gencat(1), mkcatdefs(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The dspmsg utility is an HP extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (d - f) du(1) NAME du - Displays a summary of disk usage SYNOPSIS du [-a | -s] [-klrx] [-Wuser=username] [file ...] FLAGS -a Displays disk use for each file. Without -a, du does not report on files, unless they are listed on the command line. -k Displays the file sizes in units of 1024 bytes, instead of the default 512-byte units. -l Allocates blocks, in files with multiple links, evenly among the links. By default, a file with two or more links is counted only once.
du(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual alone. 3. To display only the total disk usage of a directory tree, enter: du -s /u/fran This displays only the sum total disk usage of /u/fran and the files it contains (-s). 4. To display only total disk usage used by user grp.ram of a directory tree, enter: du -s -Wuser=grp.ram /u/fran NOTES If too many files are distinctly linked, du counts the excess files more than once.
User Commands (d - f) echo(1) NAME echo - Writes arguments to standard output SYNOPSIS echo [string ...] DESCRIPTION The echo command writes the string specified by the string argument to the standard output file. The arguments are separated by spaces, and a newline character follows the last string. Use echo to produce diagnostic messages in command files and to send data into a pipe. If there are no arguments, echo outputs a newline character.
echo(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual This command displays the message The back-up files are: and then displays the filenames in the current directory ending with .bak. 4. To add a single line of text to a file, enter: echo Remember to set the shell search path to $PATH. >>notes This command adds the message to the end of the file notes after the shell substitutes the value of the PATH shell variable. 5.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) NAME ecobol - Compiles TNS/E native COBOL85 programs SYNOPSIS ecobol [-c | -Wnolink ] [-g ] [-L directory ] ... [-l library ] ... [-O [optlevel ] ] [-o outfile ] [-s ] [-Wansistreams ] [-Wcall_shared | -Wshared ] [-WBdllsonly | -WBdynamic | -WBstatic ] [-Wcobol="arg[,... ]" ] [-Wcolumns=n ] [-Wcopylib=pathname1 ] [-Wdryrun ] [-Weld="arg[,...
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual [-W[no]suppress ] [-Wsyntax ] [-Wsystype={guardian | oss} ] [-Wtimestamp=value ] [-Wu="symbol_name" ] [-Wv ] [-Wverbose ] [-Ww ] [-Wx ] operand ... FLAGS -c | -Wnolink Performs compilation of the specified source files but suppresses the linking phase. This flag does not delete any object files that are produced. For source files of the form file.cbl, creates object files with names of the form file.o in the current directory.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) -O [ optlevel ] Specifies the optimization level to be used for the program file using one of the following values: 0 Specifies an OPTIMIZE 0 ECOBOL compiler directive 1 Specifies an OPTIMIZE 1 ECOBOL compiler directive 2 or no optlevel value Specifies an OPTIMIZE 2 ECOBOL compiler directive If a -O flag is not specified, an OPTIMIZE 1 ECOBOL compiler directive is specified. -o outfile Uses the pathname outfile instead of the default pathname a.
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -WBdynamic Specifies that the linker utility should use dynamic linking when searching for libraries specified in subsequent operands of the form -l library. Dynamic linking is in effect until a -WBstatic flag is specified. -WBdynamic is the default setting. Refer to the Differences Between Dynamic and Static Linking subsection for details.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) -Weld_obey="pathname2" Passes pathname2 (a file of eld utility commands) to the eld utility. This flag is ignored when linking is suppressed. -Werrors=n Stops compiling when n errors have been encountered. -Wheap=n[b | w | p ] Specifies the value that the linker should use for the HEAP_MAX attribute of the output file. n can be any positive hexadecimal value that gives a size valid for the NonStop server node on which the file is used.
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual You can stop the linking action of -Winclude_whole by specifying the -Wnoinclude_whole flag later in the command line or an obey file. These flags can be specified as many times as needed in the command stream. Providing either flag overrides the current setting, so that the linker actions can be controlled on a library-by-library basis. The default setting is -Wnoinclude_whole.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) -WmoduleVersion[="[version_spec]" ] Specifies a string for a tableset specification to use as the second suffix to the externally qualified module name that is written to the module file. The string cannot contain more than 31 characters. This flag is valid only for preprocessor release 1.8 and newer. -Wmxcmp[="arg[,... ]" ] Invokes the NonStop SQL/MX compiler after the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor is invoked.
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 1 Generates partially optimized code sequences. Object code compiled at optimization level 1 can be symbolically debugged with the Visual Inspect debugger; however, statement boundaries might be blurred. The Visual Inspect debugger chooses a sensible location when a user requests a breakpoint on a source statement, but its definition of statement boundaries does not always coincide directly with source statements.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) -Wsavetemps Saves all temporary and intermediate files created by compilation system components. Use the -Wv flag to display the filenames. -Wsettog=n[, n ] ... Specifies a numeric toggle in the range 1 through 15 that is defined only during the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessing step. See the HP NonStop SQL/MX Programming Manual for C and COBOL for details about the NonStop SQL/MX -d toggle option.
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual refrain_r2 Directs the SQL/MX preprocessor to use only the rules and features that apply to preprocessors prior to release 2.0. The default action is to use only the rules and features that apply to preprocessors beginning with release 2.0. This option is valid only for preprocessor release 2.0 and newer. If you specify the -Wsqlmx flag, you cannot use the -Wsql or -Wsqlcomp flag. -Wsqlmxadd="arg[,...
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) DESCRIPTION The ecobol utility is the interface to the ECOBOL compilation system; it accepts source code conforming to the ISO COBOL85 standard. The system consists of an ECOBOL compiler and a linker utility (eld), with additional program components supporting SQL. ecobol performs simple validation of the flags and operands on its command line and, depending on those items, invokes components of the language compilation system.
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual HP Extensions The -W flags are specific to HP for supporting the HP compilation environment. The argument strings within these flags are passed to the program components unchanged, along with default argument strings and argument strings corresponding to ecobol command line flags meaningful to the program components. Do not specify conflicting instructions in -W flag argument strings or ecobol command line flags.
User Commands (d - f) • ecobol(1) Source files with the extensions .cbl or .cob are not given to the mxsqlco program; these files are assumed to contain no embedded SQL statements. Files created by the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor overwrite any existing files with the same name in the current working directory. Output Files Output files are object files, executable files, log files, NonStop SQL/MX module definition files created by the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor, or all four.
ecobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual is used and annotated source files that contain embedded module definitions are produced instead of MDF files, while restrictions associated with release 1.8 or earlier are ignored. TMPDIR Determines the pathname that overrides the default directory for temporary files created by ecobol and components it invokes. By default, temporary files are stored in the /tmp directory.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) Refer to the eld(1) reference page for more information. Using the c89 and ecobol Utilities OSS COBOL85 programs can contain COBOL85 modules and C modules. Compile COBOL85 modules using the ecobol utility and C modules using the c89 utility. To produce a program containing COBOL85 and C modules, first compile all the modules written in either COBOL85 or C. You can also link these modules together or with other libraries at this time, but do not SQLcompile the modules.
ecobol(1) 6. OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The command ecobol -o testprog -L . -L /usr/test/lib testprog.cbl -l tdm compiles the COBOL85 language source program testprog.cbl and links the object file with the library specified in the -l operand. It also links the object file with a DLL, if found. If a DLL is not found, it uses the standard C run-time library. The eld utility produces a program file named testprog. By default, dynamic linking is selected.
User Commands (d - f) ecobol(1) file2.cob, file3.cob, file1.o, file2.o, and file3.o. 9. The command ecobol -c -Wsqlmx file1.cbl file2.ecbl file3.ecob file4.cob mixes COBOL source files with and without embedded NonStop SQL/MX statements. All files are compiled but not linked. Using the release 2 module management method, if no errors are detected during either preprocessing or compilation, the following files are created: file2.cob, file3.cob, file1.o, file2.o, file3.o, file4.o. 10.
ed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ed - Edits a file line by line SYNOPSIS ed [-p string] [-s] [file] The ed command invokes a line-editing program that works on one file at a time by copying it into a temporary edit buffer and making changes to that copy. FLAGS -p string Sets the ed prompt to string. The default value for string is null (no prompt).
User Commands (d - f) ed(1) • . (dot) addresses the current line. • $ addresses the last line of the buffer. • n addresses the nth line of the buffer. • ´x addresses the line marked with a lowercase letter, x, by the k subcommand. • /pattern/ addresses the next line that contains a matching string. The search begins with the line after the current line and stops when it finds a match for the pattern.
ed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual In most cases, only one ed subcommand can be entered on a line. The exceptions to this rule are the n, p, and l subcommands, which can be added to any subcommand except e, E, f, q, Q, r, w, or !. The e, E, f, r, and w subcommands accept filenames as arguments. The ed command stores the last filename used with a subcommand as a default filename. The next e, E, f, r, or w subcommand given without a filename uses the default filename.
User Commands (d - f) f [file] ed(1) The f (filename) subcommand changes the default filename (the stored name of the last file used) to file, if file is given. If file is not given, the f subcommand prints the default filename. [address1,address2]g/pattern/subcommand_list The g (global) subcommand first marks every line that matches the pattern. Then, for each marked line, this subcommand sets the current line to that line and executes subcommand_list.
ed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual lowercase letter. The address ’x (single quotation mark before the marking character) then addresses this line. The k subcommand does not change the current line. Note that marks attached to lines are deleted with the line. [address1,address2]l The l (list) subcommand displays the addressed lines.
User Commands (d - f) Q ed(1) The Q (Quit) subcommand exits the ed program without checking for changes to the buffer since the last w subcommand (compare with the q subcommand). [address]r file The r (read) subcommand reads a file into the buffer after the addressed line; r does not delete the previous contents of the buffer. When entered without file, r reads the default file, if any, into the buffer (see the e and f subcommands). r does not change the default filename.
ed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual subcommand accepts address 0 (for inserting lines at the beginning of the buffer). The t subcommand sets the current line to the last line copied. u The u (undo) subcommand restores the buffer to the state it was in before it was last modified by an ed subcommand. The subcommands that u can undo are a, c, d, g, G, i, j, m, r, s, t, u, v, and V. All changes made to the buffer by a g, G, v, or V global subcommand are undone as a single change.
User Commands (d - f) ed(1) subshell), the ed command replaces the ! character with the previous system command; for example, the command !! repeats the previous system command. If the command interpreter (the sh command) expands the command string, ed echoes the expanded line. The ! subcommand does not change the current line. If any replacements of % or ! are performed, the modified line is written to the standard output file before the command is executed.
egrep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME egrep - Searches a file for a pattern that is a full regular expression SYNOPSIS egrep [-c | -l] [-bhinqsvx] { pattern ... | -e pattern ... | -f pattern_file ... } [file ... ] FLAGS While most flags can be combined, some combinations result in one flag overriding another.
User Commands (d - f) egrep(1) • A regular expression followed by a + (plus sign) matches one or more occurrences of the regular expression. • A regular expression followed by a ? (question mark) matches zero or one occurrence of the regular expression. • Two regular expressions separated by a | (vertical bar) or by a newline character match either expression. • A regular expression can be enclosed in ( ) (parentheses) for grouping.
egrep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual equivalence class generally is designed to deal with primary-secondary sorting. For example, if e, è, and ê belong to the same equivalence class, then [[=e=]fg], [[=è=]fg], and [[=ê=]fg] are each equivalent to [eèêfg]. The - (dash) character loses its special meaning if it occurs first ([-string]), if it immediately follows an initial circumflex ([ˆ-string]), or if it appears last ([string-]) in the string.
User Commands (d - f) egrep(1) matches 122. • An RE followed by: \{number\} Matches exactly number occurrences of the character matched by the RE. \{number,\} Matches at least number occurrences of the character matched by the RE. \{number1,number2\} Matches any number of occurrences of the character matched by the RE from number1 to number2, inclusive. The values of number1 and number2 must be integers in the range 0 through 255.
egrep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • The construction ˆpattern$ restricts the pattern to matching only an entire line. EXAMPLES 1. To display all lines in a file that begin with an ASCII letter, enter: egrep ’ˆ[a-zA-Z]’ pgm.s 2. To display all lines that contain ASCII letters in parentheses or digits in parentheses (with spaces optionally preceding and following the letters or digits), but not letter-digit combinations in parentheses, enter: egrep \ ’\( *([a-zA-Z]* [0-9]*) *\)’ my.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) NAME eld - Runs the TNS/E native linker utility for position-independent code SYNOPSIS eld [ -alf filename1 ] [ { -all | -include_whole } | { -no_include_whole | -none } ] [ -allow_duplicate_procs ] [ -allow_missing_libs ] [ -allow_multiple_mains ] [ -ansistreams ] [ -bdllsonly | -bdynamic | -bstatic ] [ -bglobalized ] [ -blocalized ] [ -bsymbolic | -bsemi_globalized ] [ -call_shared | { -dll | -shared } | -r ] [ -change attribute_name attribute_value filename3 ] [ -check_re
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual [ -rename old_name new_name ] [ { -rld_l | -rpath } path_list1 ] [ -rld_first_l path_list2 ] [ { -s | -x } ] [ -set attribute_name attribute_value ] [ -show_multiple_defs ] [ -stdin ] [ -strip filename12 ] [ -t address2 ] [ -temp_i filename13 ] [ -temp_o filename14 ] [ -temp_r filename15 ] [ -u symbol_name4 ] [ -ul ] [ -unres_symbols { error | ignore | warn } ] [ -update_code ] [ -update_registry filename16 ] [ -verbose ] [ -warn ] [ -y symbol_name5 ] [ file
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) -must_preset -nostdlib or -no_stdlib -noverbose, -no_verbose, -verbose, and -warn -o -public_registry -rld_first_l and -rld_l -stdin -t -temp_o and -temp_r -unres_symbols -update_code and -update_registry {-all | -include_whole } | { -no_include_whole | -none} Tells eld whether to include in the loadfile all linkable archive members of all archive libraries encountered after this flag is specified. Specifying -all or -include_whole begins this linking action.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -allow_multiple_mains Directs eld not to issue an error message if more than one procedure has the MAIN attribute. All main procedures are included in the output file. Only the first procedure having the MAIN attribute is listed as the main entry point in the file header. The default action is to report an error when more than one procedure has the MAIN attribute.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) -bstatic Directs eld to search only for archive files when it needs to search for the file name specified in the -l or -lib flag. If the file name is unqualified, in each directory searched, eld first tries to open a file with the name specified for the -l or -lib flag). If eld cannot find a file with the specified name and the search path is not in the Guardian file system (/G), then eld prefixes lib and suffixes .
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -blocalized Controls creation of the searchList for resolving symbols in the loadfile. This flag causes the system to use the following sequence for both link-time and load-time resolutions: 1. The loadfile itself 2. The user library, if the loadfile is a program and has a user library 3. Breadth-first transitive closure of re-exported libList-specified DLLs 4. Implicit libraries This is the default eld action.
User Commands (d - f) -dll | -shared eld(1) The file is to be a DLL. You cannot use this flag when you use the -call_shared or -r flag. -r The file is to be a linkfile. If there is only one input file, the new linkfile has the same fingerprint as the input file. You cannot use this flag when you use the -call_shared, -dll, or -shared flag.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual at the next 64K boundary after the end of the text segment. The -d flag can be used to place the data segment at some other address, rather than directly after its text segment. You should do this only if there is a special need to do so; HP recommends using the default placement whenever possible. You cannot use this flag if you use the -check_registry or -update_registry flags.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) { -export | -exported_symbol } symbol_name2 Tells eld to mark symbol_name2 for export in the output loadfile in addition to those normally marked. This flag can be used with the -export_not or -hidden_symbol flag to create sets of symbols to be exported. The same symbol cannot be specified as symbol_name2 in an -export flag and as symbol_name3 in an -export_not flag.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual indirect recursive nesting is allowed; eld keeps a stack of command file names encountered while processing the -fl or -obey flag and ignores any nested -fl or -obey flag that specifies a file name currently on the stack. You can specify this flag as often as you want in the command line or an obey file. Each specification is processed when encountered.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) When you use this flag, you must also use the -update_registry flag. When you use this flag, you cannot use the -grow_data_amount, -grow_text_amount, or -grow_percent flag. -grow_percent number4 Specifies the relative amount of slack space to be reserved in virtual memory to allow for the growth of the data and text segments. This flag is used with the -update_registry flag.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual data1 Create only one data segment for constant and variable data. The segment can be both read and written without restriction. data1constant Flag as an error any situation where the loadfile contains the kind of data that would go into the data variable segment if eld was told to create two data segments. This is the only permitted value when the -make_implicit_lib flag is used. data2 Create both a data constant segment and a data variable segment.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) the effect of this flag on search order. -libname Guardian_filename Stores the specified name within the program being built, to tell the operating system that this is the name of the user library to load into memory along with this program. Guardian_filename must be a Guardian file identifier qualified with a disk name and subvolume name; that is, of the form $disk.subvol.fileID.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If you are creating an import library to represent a set of implicit DLLs, (all of the specified DLLs have the implicit bit set in their headers), then you can also use a private DLL registry. The value specified for filename9 is used as the entry name for the implicit libraries in the private DLL registry. To use this flag, at least one DLL file must be specified somewhere in the command line or obey file.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) -no_reexport | -reexport Tells eld whether to mark any DLL specified in a -l or -lib flag after this flag for reexport in its libList entry in the loadfile being created. Specifying -no_reexport leaves the library unmarked; specifying -reexport marks the library. Reexport affects how eld does its transitive closure on searches and is used by rld to decide how to fix-up symbolic references. -no_reexport is the default action.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -rename old_name new_name Changes the symbol name of an externally visible procedure or data item. old_name is the name of the procedure or data item to rename. new_name is the new name to give the procedure or data item. See the eld Manual for details. { -rld_l | -rpath } path_list1 Tells eld to set search paths in the loadfile for later use with the -alf flag or by the rld loader.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) • FLOAT_LIB_OVERRULE is either ON or OFF. The default value is OFF. (A FLOAT_TYPE_OVERRULE value of ON is ignored for DLLs; this attribute only has meaning for programs.) • FLOATTYPE is one of the following: IEEE_FLOAT NEUTRAL_FLOAT TANDEM_FLOAT If FLOATTYPE is not specified, the value used comes from the input linkfiles. • HEAP_MAX, MAINSTACK_MAX, [PROCESS_]SUBTYPE, and SPACE_GUARANTEE are unsigned numbers. The default value is 0 (zero).
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -stdin Reads the contents of the standard input file at the place in the command line where the flag is specified. -strip filename12 Removes information used for symbolic debugging from an existing loadfile with the name filename12. A file stripped of all symbol information cannot be symbolically debugged with the Visual Inspect or Native Inspect debugger. You can use this flag only on an existing loadfile.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) If an unqualified filename and an output file is being created when the -alf flag is used, eld saves the file in the directory where filename1 is located. If the -temp_o flag is not used and eld finishes creation of a new temporary file but cannot remove an existing file with the same name as the specified output file, eld leaves the temporary file in the same directory as the output file and gives it a unique filename beginning with the letters ZLD.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual You must also use the -dll flag when you use this flag. -verbose Directs eld to write error, warning, and informational messages to its output listing, along with output specified by other options. The default value is -no_verbose. If you specify more than one of the flags -warn, -verbose, and -noverbose or -no_verbose in the command line or an obey file, eld displays an inconsistent usage error message.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) Input Files eld cannot process a linkfile that contains a code section larger than 16 megabytes. This size restriction is imposed by the Itanium standard. Output Files eld creates loadfiles on the host platform with an OSS file mode of 777 (rwxrwxrwx), which is then ANDed with the umask value of the user creating the file. eld creates all other object files with an OSS file mode of 666 (r-xr-xr-x), which is then ANDed with the umask value of the user creating the file.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Saving Temporary Files eld creates temporary working files while it processes command line or obey file information.
User Commands (d - f) eld(1) 4. the directory containing the loadfile (which might be a program or a DLL) ** 5. the files specified by L 6. locations specified by the current -rld_l or -rpath flag 7. default locations: /lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib:/G/SYSTEM/ZDLL * ** The value of the COMP_ROOT environment variable is added to the beginning of /lib, /usr/lib, and /usr/local/lib. By default, the value of COMP_ROOT is null in the OSS environment.
eld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 6. The following example: eld -change highpin off exeobj changes the value of the HIGHPIN attribute in the loadfile exeobj to OFF. 7. The following is an example of a valid private DLL registry file: -- Specify the overall domain area that DLLs -- can reside in (high to low) -dllarea 0x68000000 0x60000000 -- Set up two DLLs that overlap each other -- (one entry manually inserted) -range $SYSTEM.ZDLL.ABC 0x67D00000 0x100000 -range /bin/usr/don/libmy.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) NAME enoft - Reads and displays information from TNS/E native object files SYNOPSIS enoft [ -break key on keyboard ] [ -CD [ dir_pathname1 ] ] [ -COMMENT [text ] ] [ -COMP [ref_objfile ] target_objfile [ DETAIL | D ] ] [ -DBGINFO { proc_addr | proc_spec } ] [ { -DEMANGLE | -DE } proc_spec ] [ { -DIR | -FILES } [ dir_pathname2 ] ] [ { -DUMPADDRESS | -DA } scope [ IN format_spec ] ] [ { DUMPALL | -ALL } [ * | LIST ] ] [ { -DUMPCODE | -DC } [ { BRIEF | B } | IN format_spec ]
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual { NOSUBPROC | NSP } ] [ { DETAIL | D } ] ] [ { -LISTSOURCE | -LS } [ * | sourcendx | pathname3 | file_num1 ] [ { DETAIL | D } ] ] [ { -LISTUNREFERENCED | -LUR } { { PROC | P } | { DATA | D } | * } [ { DETAIL | D } ] ] [ { -LISTUNRESOLVED | -LU } [ { PROC | P } | { DATA | D } | * ] [ { DETAIL | D } ] ] [ -LOG [ OFF | pathname4 [ ASCII ] ] ] [ -NOEXIT ] [ -OBEY pathname5 ] [ -OUT [ OFF | pathname6 [ ASCII ] ] ] [ { -PROCINFO | PI } ] [ -PROGHDRS ] [ -RELOC ]
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) -COMMENT [ text ] Allows comments in enoft command files. Comments are not displayed in output. -COMP [ref_objfile] target_objfile [ DETAIL | D ] Compares the two specified object files for major differences, including file headers and program headers. DWARF symbol tables are not compared. If ref_objfile is not specified, the current object file is used to compare with target_objfile. DETAIL or D provides additional, detailed information.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual proc_num Specifies the procedure number. This number specifies the ordering in the object file’s procedure table. Use the -LISTPROC flag to list each procedure number. { -DIR | -FILES } [ dir_pathname2 ] Lists the files in the specified directory. The specified pathname can be absolute or relative; relative pathnames are resolved using the current working directory.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) end_address must be on a 16-byte boundary; for all other formats, enoft rounds the specified address down to the beginning of the next bundle. Valid values must be within the same section as the start_address. If the scope of the output is limited by another flag to a single procedure, only values within that procedure are valid. If you omit TO end_address, only one 4-byte or 16-byte unit is displayed.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual READABLE | R Displays portions of the object file in an applicable format based on the item type and part of the object file being displayed. This is the default action. {-DUMPCODE | -DC } [ { BRIEF | B } | IN format_spec ] Displays all code from the .gateway, .plt, .text, and .restext sections of an object file. Specifying the BRIEF or B option is the same as specifying the -LAYOUT CODE flag.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) programs, only one level of subprocedure can be specified. For COBOL programs, more than one level can be specified. subproc_name[[.subprocname]...]] Limits the scope to the specified subprocedure. If subproc_name is not completely specified, enoft resolves the name and lists conforming subprocedure names with numbers. This option is not valid for C or C++ programs. For EpTAL programs, only one level of subprocedure can be specified.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DECIMAL | D Displays portions of the object file in decimal format. HEX | H Displays portions of the object file in hexadecimal format. ICODE | IC Displays portions of the object file in disassembled program code. This is the default format. INNERLIST | IN Displays portions of the object file in disassembled code and displays the sourc e code interspersed with the assembler. This option can be used only for dumping text.
User Commands (d - f) -FILEHDR enoft(1) Displays the contents of the Executable and Linking Format (ELF) file header from the beginning of the object file. -FUNCDESC | -FD Displays the contents of the .IA_64.pltoff and .fptr function descriptor sections of a loadfile. -GOT Displays the global offset table section of a loadfile. -HASH Displays the contents of the .hash and .hash.gblzd sections of a loadfile. -HASHVAL Displays the contents of the .hasval and .hashval.gblzd sections of a loadfile.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual {-LISTCOMPILERS | -LC } [ { DETAIL | D } ] Lists version information about the native compiler components and eld utility used to create an object file. DETAIL or D provides additional, detailed information. { -LISTDATA | -LD } This flag is an alias for the -SYMTAB DATA flag. It lists all data symbols from the .dynsym and .dynsym.gblzd sections in a loadfile or import library, and the .symtab section in a linkfile.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) used to search for items containing a match to the given pattern. The demangled form of the procedure name cannot be used because enoft does not support blank spaces in the name. proc_name.subproc_name[[.subproc_name]...] Limits the scope to the specified subprocedure. If proc_name or subproc_name is not completely specified, enoft resolves the name and lists conforming subprocedure names with numbers. This option is not valid for C or C++ programs.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DETAIL | D Provides additional, detailed information about procedures and subprocedures. {-LISTSOURCE | -LS } [ sourcendx | pathname3 | file_num1 | * ] [ { DETAIL | D } ] Lists compilation unit entries in the object file for a unit index value, for a source file, or for all source files used. If only one procedure is dumped, then the -LISTSOURCE flag dumps the entry for the source file containing the procedure.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) DATA | D Displays unresolved data items. * Displays unresolved procedures and data items. When you do not specify an option, this is the default behavior. If the -LISTUNRESOLVED flag is used on an OSS shell command line, the flag specification must be enclosed in quotation marks when the * specifier is used. DETAIL | D Displays detailed name information. -LOG [ OFF | pathname4 [ ASCII ] ] Writes a copy of the current session’s input and output to a file.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -PROCINFO | PI Displays the contents of the .procinfo section of a linkfile. This flag is an alias for specification of the -DUMPSECTION flag with the section_name value of .procinfo. -PROGHDRS Displays the contents of the program headers for a loadfile or import library. -RELOC Displays the relocation tables in an object file. These tables are in sections with names that begin with .rela.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) {CASE | -SC } { ON | OFF } Specifies the case sensitivity of the enoft environment. ON Turns on case sensitivity in the enoft environment. OFF Turns off case sensitivity in the enoft environment. This is the default setting. If case sensitivity is turned off, some file and procedure names might not be correctly matched when commands or flags are entered.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Valid values for number are in the range from 0 (zero) to 65535. If number is greater than the current buffer size, enoft is unable to retrieve command lines that have already left the history buffer. If number is smaller than the current buffer size, the command lines lost from the buffer are not retrievable. The HISTORYBUFFER setting is only meaningful when you use enoft interactively.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) The demangled form of the procedure name cannot be used because enoft does not support blank spaces in the name. proc_name.subproc_name[[.subproc_name]...] Limits the scope to the specified subprocedure. If proc_name or subproc_name is not completely specified, enoft resolves the name and lists conforming subprocedure names with numbers. This option is not valid for C or C++ programs. For EpTAL programs, only one level of subprocedure can be specified.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual pathname7 Narrows the scope to a single named source file for the object file. pathname7 must be a fully qualified OSS pathname or a fully qualified Guardian filename. Wildcard matching (for example, *partial_name or partial_name*) can be used to search for items containing a match to the given pattern. file_num2 Specifies the file number. This number specifies the ordering of file use in the object file. Use the -LISTSOURCE flag to list each file number.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) PROCNAMES Displays the .procnames section pointed to from the .procinfo section. RTDU Displays the .rtdu section. SHSTRTAB Displays the .shstrtab section. STRTAB Displays the .strtab section pointed to from the .symtab section. UNWIND Displays the .unwind.strings section pointed to from the .unwind section. {-SYMTAB | -SYMBOLS} [ * | { EXPORT | E } | { PROC | P } | { DATA | D } ] Displays the specified contents of the .symtab table and of the .dynsym and .dynsym.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual proc_name.subproc_name[[.subproc_name]...] Limits the scope to the specified subprocedure. If proc_name or subproc_name is not completely specified, enoft resolves the name and lists conforming subprocedure names with numbers. This option is not valid for C or C++ programs. For EpTAL programs, only one level of subprocedure can be specified. For COBOL programs, more than one level can be specified. subproc_name[[.subproc_name]...
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) subproc_name[[.subproc_name]...] Limits the scope to the specified subprocedure. If subproc_name is not completely specified, enoft resolves the name and lists conforming subprocedure names with numbers. This option is not valid for C or C++ programs. For EpTAL programs, only one level of subprocedure can be specified. For COBOL programs, more than one level can be specified. Only the first subprocedure with the specified name is displayed.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • List object file attributes. You can display the following object file components with enoft: • Various file headers • Program text and data segments • Symbol table and relocation tables These enoft capabilities are useful when developing and debugging programs. The enoft utility can be used from the command line or interactively to examine object files.
User Commands (d - f) enoft(1) -hist_offset Specifies a negative offset from the current subcommand line. The flag entered before the FC subcommand is -1. text Is a string of characters. { HISTORY | H } [ hist_num ] Displays previously entered subcommand lines. hist_num specifies the number of subcommand lines to be displayed. The default value is 10 subcommand lines.
enoft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual or enoft -FILE sample.o -LISTPROC procedure-name DETAIL or enoft -F sample.o -LP procedure-name D 5. To look at source file numbers for sample.o: enoft -FILE sample.o "-LISTSOURCE *" 6. To look at procedure numbers: enoft -F sample.o "-LP *" 7. To see the instructions for a procedure: enoft -FILE sample.o -DUMPPROC procedure-name IN ICODE or enoft -F sample.o -DP procedure-name IN IC 8.
User Commands (d - f) Warnings enoft(1) Warnings occur when enoft continues processing based upon its own assumptions about user intent. Such messages are in the range from 2000 to 2999 and are prefixed by WARNING ***. EXIT VALUES The enoft utility returns: 0 To indicate normal completion, usually in response to an EXIT, E, QUIT, or Q command. 1 To indicate fatal termination. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: eld(1).
env(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME env - Displays or sets environment variables SYNOPSIS env [-i] [-] [name=value ...] [command] [argument ...] FLAGS -i Invokes command with the environment specified by the arguments; the env command ignores the inherited environment. - Invokes command with the environment specified by the arguments; the env command ignores the inherited environment.
User Commands (d - f) eval(1) NAME eval - Executes arguments as commands SYNOPSIS eval [argument ...] DESCRIPTION The arguments to eval are read as input to the shell, and the resulting commands are executed. eval concatenates the arguments and separates each with a space character. EXAMPLES In the following example, values are assigned to variables, and these variables are used as arguments to the eval command. The results of the eval command are printed to the screen by using the print command.
ex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ex - Edits lines in a file interactively SYNOPSIS ex [-c subcommand] [-Rsv] [-wnumber] [+subcommand] [-] [file ...] ex [-c subcommand] [-Rsv] [-t tag] [file ...] ex [-c subcommand] -r[file] [-Rsv] [file] The ex command is a line-oriented text editor that is a subset of the vi screen editor. FLAGS -c subcommand Executes the specified ex subcommand (command) before displaying the file for which the editor was invoked.
User Commands (d - f) ex(1) • The undo subcommand allows you to reverse the last subcommand, even if it is an undo subcommand. Thus, you can switch back and forth between the latest change in the edit file and the last prior file status and view the effect of a subcommand without that effect being permanent. Commands that affect the external environment cannot be undone, however. The ex command displays changed lines and indicates when more than a few lines are affected by a subcommand.
ex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The ex Limits The ex editor has the following maximum limits: • 2048 bytes per line • 256 bytes per global command list • 128 bytes in the previous inserted and deleted text • 128 bytes in a shell escape command • 128 bytes in a string-valued option • 32 bytes in a tag name • 128 map macros with 2048 bytes total SUBCOMMANDS The ex subcommands affect the current line unless you specify otherwise.
User Commands (d - f) ex(1) e[dit][!] [+line] [file] ex[!] [+line] [file] Edits file. If the current buffer has been modified since the last write, the subcommand writes a warning and terminates. You can override this action by appending the ! (exclamation point) character to the subcommand (for example, e! file). If the +line argument is specified, the current line is the specified position, where line can be a number (or $) or can be specified as /pattern or ?pattern.
ex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual map[!] [x rhs] Defines macros for use in visual mode. The first argument must be a single character or the sequence #digit (one of the terminal’s numbered function keys). When this character or function key is entered in visual mode, the action is as if the corresponding rhs had been entered. If the ! (exclamation point) character is appended to the subcommand name map, the mapping is effective during input mode rather than command mode.
User Commands (d - f) ex(1) [line] o[pen] /pattern/ [flags] Enters open mode, which is equivalent to visual mode with a one-line window. All visual mode subcommands are available. If a match is found for the optional regular expression in line, the cursor is placed at the start of the matching pattern. The visual mode subcommand Q (see vi) exits open mode. pre[serve] Saves the current buffer in a form that can later be recovered by using ex -r or by using the recover subcommand.
ex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual se[t] [option[=[value]] ... [nooption ...] [option? ...] [all] When no arguments are specified, writes those options whose values have been changed from the default settings; when the argument all is specified, writes all of the option values. Specifying an option name followed by the ? character causes the current value of that option to be written. The ? can be separated from the option name by zero or more spaces.
User Commands (d - f) ex(1) indicated by the tag. This subcommand is affected by the autowrite, tags, and writeany editor options. The tag subcommand searches for tagstring in the tag file referred to by the tags editor option until a reference to tagstring is found. The file pointed to by this reference is loaded into the buffer, and the current line is set to the first occurrence of the pattern specified in the tags file associated with the supplied tagstring.
ex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual [range] x[it][!] [file] Performs a write subcommand if any changes have been made to the current buffer since the last write to any file. Unless the subcommand fails because an attempt to write lines to a file did not succeed, the ex program exits after an x subcommand. This subcommand is affected by the writeany and readonly editor options. [range] ya[nk] [buffer] [count] Places the specified lines in the named buffer.
User Commands (d - f) ex(1) replaces the specified lines. [range] < [count] [flags] Shifts the specified lines to the left; the number of character positions to be shifted is determined by the shiftwidth editor option. Only leading spaces are lost in shifting; other characters are not affected. The current line is the last line changed. [range] > [count] [flags] Shifts the specified lines to the right, by inserting spaces, using tabs where possible, as determined by the shiftwidth editor option.
ex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -n The nth previous line % The first through last lines number Line number .
User Commands (d - f) ex(1) RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ed(1), grep(1), vi(1). Files: terminfo(4). The TERM environment variable.
exec(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME exec - Executes arguments as commands SYNOPSIS exec [argument ...] DESCRIPTION If argument is specified and is a valid command name, it is executed in place of the shell without creating a new process. Input/output arguments can affect the current process. If no arguments are given, the effect of exec is to modify file descriptors as prescribed by the input/output redirection list.
User Commands (d - f) exit(1) NAME exit - Causes the shell to exit SYNOPSIS exit [n] DESCRIPTION The exit command causes the shell to exit with the exit status specified by n. If n is omitted, the exit status is that of the last command executed. An End-of-File also causes the shell to exit, unless the shell has the ignoreeof option (see set) turned on. EXAMPLES 1. The following command exits the OSS shell with a value of true.
expand(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME expand - Replace tab or space characters SYNOPSIS Current syntax expand [-t tablist] [file ...] Obsolescent syntax expand [-tabstop | -tab1,tab2,...,tabn] [file ...] The expand command changes tab characters to spaces in the named files or in the standard input file, and writes the result to the standard output file. FLAGS -t tablist Specifies the tab stops.
User Commands (d - f) export(1) NAME export - Allows values of variables to be used by other commands SYNOPSIS export [name[=value ...]] export -p FLAGS -p Writes the names and values of all exported variables. DESCRIPTION The export command marks the name and value, specified as the name and value arguments, for automatic export to the shell environment. If -p is specified, export writes the names and values of all exported variables to standard output.
expr(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME expr - Evaluates arguments as expressions SYNOPSIS expr expression DESCRIPTION The expr command reads an expression, evaluates it, and writes the result to the standard output file. Within the expression argument, you must separate each term with spaces, precede characters special to the shell with a \ (backslash), and quote strings containing spaces or other special characters.
User Commands (d - f) expr(1) EXAMPLES 1. To increment a shell variable, enter: COUNT=‘expr $COUNT + 1‘ This command adds 1 to the COUNT shell variable (see the sh command reference page for details). 2. To find the length of a shell variable, enter: RES=‘expr "$VAR" : ".*"‘ Note that the VAR variable is placed within double quotation marks to avoid problems where VAR is NULL or contains embedded spaces. The regular expression is also quoted to avoid expansion by the shell. 3.
false(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME false - Returns a standard exit value SYNOPSIS false DESCRIPTION The false command returns a nonzero exit value. This command is usually used in input to the sh command. EXAMPLES This procedure displays the date and time once a minute. To stop it, press the Interrupt key sequence. EXIT VALUES The nonzero value returned by false may vary from system to system. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: sh(1), true(1).
User Commands (d - f) fc(1) NAME fc - Lists, edits, or reexecutes commands SYNOPSIS fc [-r] [-e editor] [first [last]] fc -l[-nr] [first [last]] fc -s[old=new] [first] fc -e -[old=new] [first] (Obsolescent) FLAGS -e editor Uses the specified editor to edit the commands. The value in the FCEDIT variable is used as a default when -e is not specified. If FCEDIT is null or unset, ed is used as the editor. -l Lists the commands rather than invokes an editor on them.
fc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Commands: history(1), sh(1).
User Commands (d - f) fg(1) NAME fg - Brings processes to the foreground SYNOPSIS fg [job] DESCRIPTION The fg command brings each process specified as job to the foreground. See the reference page for the jobs command for information on the format of job. EXAMPLES 1. The following command restarts, as a foreground process, the stopped background process whose job number is 149. fg %149 NOTES The fg command is a shell built-in command.
fgrep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME fgrep - Searches a file for a fixed-string pattern SYNOPSIS fgrep [-c | -l] [-bhinqsvx] { pattern ... | -e pattern ... | -f pattern_file ... } [file ... ] FLAGS While most flags can be combined, some combinations result in one flag overriding another. For example, if you specify both the -n and -l flags, the output includes only filenames (as specified by the -l flag) and thus does not include line numbers (as specified by the -n flag).
User Commands (d - f) fgrep(1) Command Usage The fgrep command precedes the matched line with the name of the file containing it if you specify more than one file (except when the -h flag is specified). Lines are limited to 2048 bytes; longer lines are broken into multiple lines of 2048 or fewer bytes. Running the fgrep command on a nontext file (for example, an .o file) produces unpredictable results and is discouraged.
fgrep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual \special_character A \ (backslash) followed by a special pattern-matching character matches the special character itself (as a literal character). These special pattern-matching characters are as follows: [: :] .*[\ Always special, except when they appear within [ ] (brackets). ^ Special at the beginning of an entire pattern or when it immediately follows the left bracket of a pair of brackets ([ˆ...]). $ Special at the end of an entire pattern.
User Commands (d - f) • fgrep(1) An RE followed by: \{number\} Matches exactly number occurrences of the character matched by the RE. \{number,\} Matches at least number occurrences of the character matched by the RE. \{number1,number2\} Matches any number of occurrences of the character matched by the RE from number1 to number2, inclusive. The values of number1 and number2 must be integers in the range 0 through 255. Whenever a choice exists, this pattern matches as many occurrences as possible.
fgrep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. To search several files for a string of characters, enter: fgrep ’strcpy’ *.c This searches for the string strcpy in all files in the current directory with names ending in .c. 2. To count the number of lines that match a pattern, enter: fgrep -c ’{’ pgm.c fgrep -c ’}’ pgm.c This displays the number of lines in pgm.c that contain left and right braces.
User Commands (d - f) fgrep(1) STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification. The following features are HP extensions to the XPG4 Version 2 specification: • 527188-007 The -b, -h, -q, and -s flags are supported.
file(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME file - Determines file type from file content SYNOPSIS file file ... DESCRIPTION The file command reads files, performs a series of tests on each one, and attempts to classify them by type. file then writes the file types to standard output.
User Commands (d - f) file(1) flagged as unknown format. For text files, the file utility examines the file data and tries to determine what kind of text it contains. The string empty is printed for any file type that has no data. Standard Output The type value for each file operand is printed to standard output in the following format: "%s: %s\n", file, type[,type]...
file(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual FILES /etc/magic File type database. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ls(1). Files: locale(4). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command has extensions to the XPG4 Version 2 specification in order to support files in the Guardian environment.
User Commands (d - f) find(1) NAME find - Finds files matching an expression SYNOPSIS find pathname ... [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [ expression ...] FLAGS HP Extensions -W NOG Specifies that the /G directory should be omitted when the initial directory is root. This flag is ignored when the initial directory is not /, /E, or /E/system. -W NOE Specifies that the /E directory should be omitted when the initial directory is root. This flag is ignored when the initial directory is not root.
find(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • The symbol = (equal sign) sets the appropriate mode bits without regard to the contents of the process’s file mode creation mask. -perm [-]octal_number If the - (dash) is omitted, TRUE when the file permission bits exactly match the value of the octal number octal_number and only the bits corresponding to the octal mask 07777 are compared. (For more information, see the description of the octal mode on the chmod command’s reference page.
User Commands (d - f) find(1) -mtime number TRUE if the file was modified in the past number days. The argument number is a decimal integer that can be specified as +number (more than number), -number (less than number), or number (exactly number). -ctime number TRUE if the file inode was changed in the past number days. The argument number is a decimal integer that can be specified as +number (more than number), -number (less than number), or number (exactly number).
find(1) -xdev OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Always TRUE; causes the find command to not traverse down into a file system different from the one on which the current pathname resides. If any -xdev expression is specified, it applies to the entire expression even if the -xdev expression would not normally be evaluated. The primaries can be combined using the following operators (in descending order of precedence): ( expression ) TRUE if expression is TRUE.
User Commands (d - f) find(1) A type field of * matches any of the preceding types. If the type field is class, other, or *, the ID field is not allowed (for example, -acl *:rwx). | | The ID field is either a numeric user or group ID, a user or group ID string from the system user authentication database or group database, respectively, or *, which matches any ID. | | The mode field consists of a string of three characters.
find(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual example, the expression -perm -0600 selects files with permission codes that allow at least the accesses indicated by 0600. This command also matches the permission codes 0622 and 2744. 4. To search for regular files with multiple links, enter: find . -type f -links +1 This lists the names of the ordinary files (-type f) that have more than one link (-links +1).
User Commands (d - f) find(1) STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The -W NOG and -W NOE flags and the UTILSGE environment variable are HP extensions to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
flex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME flex - Generates a C language lexical analyzer SYNOPSIS flex [-bcdfinpstvFILT8] -C[efmF] [-Sskeleton] [file ...] FLAGS -b Generates backtracking information to file lex.backtrack. This is a list of scanner states that require backtracking and the input characters on which they backtrack. By adding rules, you can remove backtracking states.
User Commands (d - f) flex(1) -T Makes the flex command run in trace mode. It generates a lot of messages to the standard output file concerning the form of the input and the resultant nondeterministic and deterministic finite automata. This flag is mostly for use in maintaining the flex command. -8 Instructs the flex command to generate an 8-bit scanner (which is the default scanner). -C[efmF] Controls the degree of table compression.
flex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -Sskeleton Overrides the default skeleton file from which the command constructs its scanners. This is useful for flex maintenance or development. -c Specifies table-compression options. (Obsolescent) -n Suppresses the statistics summaries that the -v flag typically generates. (Obsolescent.) DESCRIPTION The lex and flex commands have the same functionality.
User Commands (d - f) flex(1) dashes ( - ) are not permitted. Unlike regexp names, state names share the C #define namespace. In the rules section, states are recognized as (state within angle brackets). The %x directive names exclusive states. When a scanner is in an exclusive state, only rules prefixed with that state are active. Inclusive states are named with the %s directive.
flex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual [ ] (brackets) Represent a character class in the enclosed range ([.-.]) or the enclosed list ([...]). The dash character ( - ) is used to define a range of characters from the ASCII value or the 8-bit class of the character that comes before the dash to the ASCII value or the 8-bit class of the character that follows the dash. For example, [abcx-z] matches a, b, c, x, y, or z.
User Commands (d - f) flex(1) ^ (circumflex) When it appears at the beginning of the pattern, matches the beginning of a line. For example, ˆabc matches the string abc if it is found at the beginning of a line. $ (dollar sign) When it appears at the end of a pattern, matches the end of a line. It is equivalent to /\n. For example, abc$ matches the string abc if it is found at the end of a line. <> Matches an End-of-File.
flex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual flex variables that can be used within actions are: yytext Is a string (char *) containing the current matched input. It cannot be modified. yyleng Is the length (int) of the current matched input. It cannot be modified. yyin Is a stream (FILE *) that the lex and flex commands reads from the standard input file by default. It can be changed, but because of the buffering flex uses, changing the stream makes sense only before scanning begins.
User Commands (d - f) flex(1) yy_create_buffer(file, size) Returns a YY_BUFFER_STATE handle to a new input buffer large enough to accommodate size characters and associated with the given file. When in doubt, use YY_BUF_SIZE for the size. yy_switch_to_buffer(new_buffer) Switches the scanner’s processing to scan for tokens from the given buffer, which must be a YY_BUFFER_STATE. yy_delete_buffer(buffer) Deletes the given buffer.
flex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual YY_BREAK Is used in the scanner to separate different actions. By default, it is simply a break, but it can be redefined if necessary. The user_functions section consists of complete C functions, which are passed directly into the lex.y.cc output file (the effect is similar to defining the functions in separate .c files and linking them with lex.y.cc). This section is separated from the rules section by the %% delimiter.
User Commands (d - f) NOTES • flex(1) Some trailing context patterns cannot be properly matched and generate warning messages: Dangerous trailing context These are patterns where the ending of the first part of the rule matches the beginning of the second part, such as zx*/xy*, where the x* matches the x at the beginning of the trailing context. • For some trailing context rules, parts that are actually fixed length are not recognized as such, leading to the previously mentioned performance loss.
fold(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME fold - Breaks lines in a file SYNOPSIS fold [-bs] [-w width] [file ...] The fold command breaks lines in the specified files, or in the standard input file if no files are specified, to have maximum width. FLAGS -b Counts width in bytes rather than in column positions. In this case, the lines are not limited to LINE_MAX bytes.
User Commands (d - f) fold(1) The following command line: fold -w 32 az > az2; fold -w 32 AZ > AZ2; paste -d" " az2 AZ2 results in the output below: aaaa bbbb cccc dddd eeee ffff gg gg hhhh iiii jjjj kkkk llll mmmm nnnn oooo pppp qqqq rrrr ssss tt tt uuuu vvvv wwww xxxx yyyy zzzz AAAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFFF GG GG HHHH IIII JJJJ KKKK LLLL MMMM NNNN OOOO PPPP QQQQ RRRR SSSS TT TT UUUU VVVV WWWW XXXX YYYY ZZZZ EXIT VALUES The fold command returns the following values: 0 All input files were successful
ftp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ftp - Transfers files between a local OSS file system and a remote host SYNOPSIS ftp [-dginv] [host] The ftp command is the interface to the File Transfer Protocol (FTP). This command uses OSS FTP to transfer files between the local host and a remote host or between two remote hosts. OSS FTP only runs in an OSS shell environment. The Guardian FTP client runs in a Guardian environment.
User Commands (d - f) ftp(1) the login process and command macro definitions for the remote host. If the $HOME/.netrc file or autologin entry does not exist, ftp prompts you for a username and password. This occurs whether or not the hostname is entered on the command line. If ftp finds a $HOME/.netrc autologin entry for the specified host, ftp attempts to use the information in that entry to automatically log into the remote host. The ftp command also loads any command macros defined in the entry.
ftp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual SUBCOMMANDS The following ftp subcommands can be entered at the prompt. If an argument for a subcommand includes spaces, enclose the argument within "" (double quotes). ![command [argument ...]] Invokes an interactive shell on the local host. An optional command, with one or more optional arguments, can be specified. $ macro [argument ...] Executes the specified macro, previously defined with the macdef subcommand. Arguments are not expanded.
User Commands (d - f) cr ftp(1) Strips the carriage-return character from a carriage-return/linefeed sequence when receiving records during ASCII-type file transfers. (ftp terminates each ASCII-type record with a carriage-return/linefeed sequence during file transfers.) This conforms with the UNIX system convention for terminating records with a single linefeed. Records on remote hosts that have different record termination conventions may have single linefeeds embedded in records.
ftp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual hash Toggles # (hash sign) printing. When hash is on, ftp displays one hash sign for each data block (1024 bytes) transferred. help [subcommand] Displays help information. Refer to the ? subcommand. lcd [directory] Changes the working directory on the local host. If you do not specify a directory, ftp uses your home directory. ls [remote_directory] [local_file] See the dir subcommand. macdef macro Defines a subcommand macro.
User Commands (d - f) ftp(1) mode [mode] Sets file transfer mode. The only mode available is stream. modtime [remote_file] Shows the last modification time of file remote_file on the remote machine. mput [local_file ...] Expands local_file at the local host and copies the indicated local files to the remote host. Refer to the glob subcommand for more information on filename expansion. The local filenames are used at the remote host and are altered by any settings made by the ntrans and nmap subcommands.
ftp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual open host [port] Establishes a connection to the FTP server at the specified host. If the optional port number is specified, ftp will attempt to connect to a server at that port. If the autologin feature is set (that is, -n was not specified on the command line), ftp will attempt to automatically log you into the FTP server. You must also have a $HOME/.netrc file with the correct information in it and the correct permissions set.
User Commands (d - f) ftp(1) rename from to Renames a file on the remote host. reset Clears the reply queue. This command resynchronizes the command parsing. restart marker Restarts the immediately following get or put command at the indicated marker. On systems that treat files as unstructured byte arrays (such as OSF/1 and UNIX systems), marker is simply a byte offset into the file. rmdir remote_directory Removes the directory remote_directory at the remote host.
ftp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual user user [password] [account] Identifies the local user as user to the remote FTP server. If password or account is not specified and the remote server requires it, ftp prompts for it locally. If account is required, ftp sends it to the remote server after the remote login process completes. Note that, unless autologin is disabled by specifying -n on the command line, this process is done automatically for the initial connection to the remote server.
User Commands (d - f) ftp(1) To check the current working directory, enter the pwd command after the ftp> prompt: ftp> pwd A message similar to the following is displayed on your local system: 257 "u/smith" is current directory To list the contents of the current working directory, enter the ls command after the ftp> prompt: ftp> ls A message similar to the following is displayed on your local system: 200 PORT command successful. 150 Opening data connection for /usr/bin/ls (555.5.55.
ftp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 331 Passwd required for smith Password: 230 User smith logged in ftp> 3. In this example, user smith makes a typing error: $ ftp test Connected to test.abc.org 220 test FTP server (Version 5.47 13 Mar 90 02:27) ready. Name (test:fred): msith 331 Passwd required for msith Password: 530 User msith unknown ftp> user smith 331 Passwd required for smith Password: 230 User smith logged in ftp> 4.
Section 4. User Commands (g - j) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters g through j.
gencat(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME gencat - Creates and modifies a message catalog SYNOPSIS gencat catalog_file [source_file ...] FLAGS Operands FLAGS Operands catalog_file source_file is the name of a message catalog file. The naming convention for message catalog files uses the .cat extension. is a text file you create to hold messages printed by your program. The naming convention for message source files uses the .msg extension.
User Commands (g - j) gencat(1) message_number text Inserts text as a message with the identifier message_number. There must be exactly one blank, space, or tab character between message number and text. Numbers must be ascending within each set, but need not be contiguous. If the message text is empty, and a space field separator is present, an empty string is stored in the message catalog.
gencat(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual \f Inserts a formfeed character. \\ Inserts a \ (backslash) character. \ddd Inserts the single-byte character associated with the octal value represented by the octal digits ddd. You can specify 1, 2, or 3 octal digits; however, you must include leading zeros if the characters following the octal digits are also valid octal digits. For example, the octal value for $ (dollar sign) is 44. To insert $5.00 into a message, use \0445.00, not \445.
User Commands (g - j) gencat(1) line. If you place the escape character \ (backslash) as the last character on the line, the message text continues on the following line. Consider the following example: This is the text associated with \ message number 5. The preceding two lines define this single-line message: This is the text associated with message number 5. 4.
gencat(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual value:\n\t\%s\n gencat: The set number in the following line is not valid:\n\t\%s\n gencat: The length of the hex number in the following line is not valid.\n\ It must be either two or four digits.\n\t\%s\n gencat: Reached end of line before the defined closing quote.\n\t\%s\n gencat: The following message string is longer than NL_TEXTMAX:\n\t\%s\n gencat: Reached end of string before expected.
User Commands (g - j) genxlt(1) NAME genxlt - Generates code-set translation table SYNOPSIS genxlt [-f outputfile] [inputfile] FLAGS -f outputfile Specifies that the generated version of the code-set conversion table be placed in the file specified by outputfile. Operands inputfile Specifies the code-set conversion table source file. DESCRIPTION The genxlt command reads a source code-set conversion table file from inputfile and writes the compiled version to outputfile.
genxlt(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual as non-identical conversions. There is no requirement that the target_sub character for a conversion from a source code set to a target code set be the source_sub character in a table that specifies the inverse conversion. Comments can contain any characters, but it is recommended that only characters in the ASCII code set be used.
User Commands (g - j) genxlt(1) DIAGNOSTICS The following error messages have an exit value of 1: Usage: genxlt [-f outputfile] [inputfile] An unknown flag was detected at the command line. genxlt: Unable to write to output file. A failure to write to the output file occurred. genxlt: Unable to open output file. (file name): no such file or directory A failure to open the output file occurred. Failure to open the input file. (file name): is a directory A directory name is supplied as the input file.
getacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME getacl - Lists access control lists (ACLs) for files SYNOPSIS getacl [ -ad ] file ... FLAGS -a Displays the filename, owner, group, and any nondefault ACL entries for the file. -d Displays the filename, owner, group, and any default ACL entries for the file. Only directories have default ACL entries. If you do not specify any flags, the filename, owner, group, and both default and nondefault ACL entries are displayed.
User Commands (g - j) getacl(1) The getacl command displays ACL entries in the order in which the entries are evaluated when an access check is performed. Any default ACL entries for a directory have no effect on access checks. The file owner (user::) permission bits represent the access that the owner of the file has. The file class permission bits represent the most access that any additional user entry, additional group entry, or the owning group entry can grant.
getacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual user:spy:--user:archer:rwgroup::r-other:--default:user::rwx default:user:spy:--default:group::r NOTES The output of the getacl command is in the correct format for input to the setacl command. If you direct the output from getacl to a file, you can use this file as input to setacl, allowing you to easily assign the ACL of one file to another file. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: chmod(1), ls(1), setacl(1).
User Commands (g - j) getconf(1) NAME getconf - Displays system configuration variable values SYNOPSIS getconf system_configuration getconf path_configuration pathname DESCRIPTION The system_configuration argument specifies a system-wide configuration variable. The path_configuration argument specifies a system path-configuration variable. The pathname argument specifies a pathname for the path_configuration variable.
getconf(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXPR_NEST_MAX The maximum number of expressions that can be nested within parentheses by the expr command. LINE_MAX The maximum length, in bytes, of a command’s input line (either standard input or another file) when the utility is described as processing text files. The length includes room for the trailing newline character. NGROUPS_MAX The maximum number of simultaneous supplementary group IDs for each process.
User Commands (g - j) getconf(1) POSIX_LINK_MAX The maximum value of a file’s link count. POSIX_LOCALEDEF This variable has a value of 1 if the system restricts supported locales to only those it supplies; otherwise, the variable has a value of 0 (zero). POSIX_MAX_CANON The maximum number of bytes in a terminal canonical input queue. POSIX_MAX_INPUT The maximum number of bytes for which space will be available in a terminal input queue. POSIX_NAME_MAX The maximum number of bytes in a filename.
getconf(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual POSIX_VERSION The date of approval of the most current version of the POSIX 1 standard that the system supports. The date is a 6-digit number, with the first 4 digits signifying the year and the last 2 digits the month. Different versions of the POSIX 1 standard are periodically approved by the IEEE Standards Board, and the date of approval is used to distinguish between different versions.
User Commands (g - j) getconf(1) POSIX2_C_BIND This variable has a value of 1 if the system supports the optional C Language Development Facilities specified by POSIX 2 and the optional C Language Bindings Option from POSIX 2; otherwise, the variable is undefined. POSIX2_C_DEV This variable has a value of 1 if the system supports the optional C Language Development Utilities from POSIX 2; otherwise, the variable is undefined. POSIX2_C_VERSION The integer value 199209L.
getconf(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME_MAX The maximum number of bytes in a filename. If the pathname argument specifies a directory, the value returned applies to the filenames within the directory. PATH_MAX The maximum number of bytes in a pathname. If the pathname argument specifies a directory, the value returned is the maximum length of a relative pathname when the specified directory is the working directory.
User Commands (g - j) getconf(1) FILES /usr/include/limits.h Defines system configuration variables. /usr/include/unistd.h Defines system configuration variables. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: env(1). Functions: confstr(3), pathconf(3), sysconf(3). Files: limits(4).
getopts(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME getopts - Parses command options SYNOPSIS getopts optstring name [argument ...] DESCRIPTION The getopts command checks a specified command for legal options. Operands optstring Specifies the letters that the getopts command will recognize as valid option values when parsing the command options. If a letter is followed by a : (colon), the option is expected to have an argument specified in argument.
User Commands (g - j) getopts(1) done if [ ! -z "$bflag" ]; then echo Option -a specified; fi if [ ! -z "$bflag" ]; then echo Option -b "bval" specified; fi shift $[OPTIND - 1] echo Remaining parameters are: "$*" NOTES The getopts command is a shell built-in command. It differs from the regular commands in that it does not open a new shell process when it executes. A general discussion of shell built-in commands and a list of the OSS shell built-in commands are in the sh(1) reference page.
gname(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME gname - Displays the Guardian environment filename for an OSS file SYNOPSIS gname [-s] pathname ... FLAGS -s Supresses formatting and displays only the Guardian filename. DESCRIPTION The gname command displays the Guardian filename for the file specified by pathname. Operands pathname Specifies the OSS pathname for the file whose Guardian filename is to be displayed. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (g - j) gname(1) Some non-root fileset not mounted. The value specified for pathname uses a directory for a fileset that is not currently mounted. If the specified value is valid, contact your site administrator to have that fileset mounted. EXIT VALUES The gname command returns the following exit values: 0 (zero) The command completed successfully. >0 An error occurred. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: pname(1). Miscellaneous: filename(5).
grep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME grep - Search a file for a pattern SYNOPSIS grep [-E | -F] [-c | -l | -q] [-bhinsvwxy] [-pparagraph_separator ...] {pattern ... | -e pattern ... | -f pattern_file ...} [file ... ] FLAGS While most flags can be combined, some combinations result in one flag overriding another.
User Commands (g - j) grep(1) -w Searches for the expression as a word (the pattern bracketed by nonalphanumeric characters or by the beginning or end of the line). See the reference page for the ex command. -x Displays lines that match the pattern exactly with no additional characters. -y Ignores the case of letters in locating pattern; that is, uppercase and lowercase letters in the input are considered to be identical (same as the -i flag).
grep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual [[=e=]fg, [[=è=]fg], and [[=ê=]fg] are each equivalent to [eèêfg]. The - (dash) character loses its special meaning if it occurs first ([-string]), if it immediately follows an initial circumflex ([ˆ-string]), or if it appears last ([string-]) in the string.
User Commands (g - j) grep(1) the pattern .* matches 122333444, the pattern .*3 matches 122333, and the pattern .*2 matches 122. • An RE followed by: \{number\} Matches exactly number occurrences of the character matched by the RE. \{number,\} Matches at least number occurrences of the character matched by the RE. \{number1,number2\} Matches any number of occurrences of the character matched by the RE from number1 to number2, inclusive.
grep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. To search several files for a string of characters, enter: grep -F ’strcpy’ *.c This command searches for the string strcpy in all files in the current directory with names ending in .c. 2. To count the number of lines that match a pattern, enter: grep -c -F ’{’ pgm.c grep -c -F ’}’ pgm.c This command displays the number of lines in pgm.c that contain left and right braces.
User Commands (g - j) 7. grep(1) To display all lines that contain uppercase characters, enter: grep ’[[:upper:]]’ pgm.s EXIT VALUES The exit values of the grep command are as follows: 0 A match was found. 1 No match was found. 2 A syntax error was found or a file was inaccessible, even if matches were found. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ed(1), sed(1), sh(1). Files: locale(4).
gtacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME gtacl - Runs a process in the Guardian environment from the OSS environment SYNOPSIS gtacl [ option ... ] [ operands ] FLAGS Operands used with the gtacl command must follow gtacl option specifications. Options All filename and pathname arguments used with gtacl options must be specified using OSS pathname syntax. In the current release, filenames and pathnames within the /E directory are not supported by the OSS file system.
User Commands (g - j) -cpu n gtacl(1) Specifies the processor (0-15) in which the child process is to run. The default processor is the processor in which gtacl is running, unless the child process is being created on another HP node. When the child process runs on another HP node, the operating system on that node assigns the default processor. -debug Enters a Guardian environment debugging tool at the first executable instruction of the child process.
gtacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -highpin on | -highpin off Specifies whether the child process can run with a Guardian process identification number (PIN) greater than 255. Specifying -highpin on means that the child process can run with a PIN greater than 255. Specifying -highpin off means the child process must run with a PIN between 0 and 254. The default value is -highpin on, unless an OFF value for the Guardian process attribute is inherited from gtacl.
User Commands (g - j) gtacl(1) Refer to the manual for the debugging tool in use for additional information about debug events and debugger use. -jobid 0 | -jobid -1 Controls the job ID to be assigned to the child process. Specifying -jobid 0 prevents the child process from running as part of a batch job (the gtacl process cannot function as a batch job ancestor, so no other value than -jobid -1 is supported). Specifying -jobid -1 causes the child process to inherit its job ID (if any) from gtacl.
gtacl(1) +name OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Starts the child process as an unnamed process. This specification is ignored if the Guardian RUNNAMED process attribute is set in the program file for the child process. If you specify neither the -name nor the +name option, the default behavior is +name. -nowait Exits without waiting for the child process to terminate. Refer to Input/Output Filtering under NOTES later in this reference page.
User Commands (g - j) gtacl(1) -reclen length Specifies the record length (1-4096) in bytes to be reported when a device inquiry request occurs for a file that gtacl is filtering. The default record length is 80 bytes. -s Suppresses propagation of all current OSS environment variables to the TACL process. This option takes precedence if the -f option is also used. -swap pathname Specifies the name of a Guardian swap file or swap volume for the data segment of the child process.
gtacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 2. Running a TACL command: gtacl -c ’status *, user’ 3. Running a Guardian program directly, without using the TACL command interpreter, using shell quotes to preserve special characters for interpretation by the Guardian process: gtacl -p fup ’info \sys.$vol.svol.*’ 4.
User Commands (g - j) gtacl(1) • You need not distinguish among TACL built-in functions, TACL macros, or programs external to TACL. • You can use TACL RUN option syntax to direct input or output to Guardian files (such as spooler locations) that are not available through shell redirection. Using the -c or -cv option to run a Guardian process has the following disadvantages: • You cannot redirect standard input using the shell.
gtacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The following conditions limit the effectiveness of gtacl filtering: • Filtering can be used only for data passing through OSS environment standard input, output, and error files and Guardian environment IN, OUT, and STDERR files. Any files directly opened by a Guardian environment process cannot be filtered. • Some Guardian processes do not accept a process file as an input or output file. Filtering will not work with such Guardian processes.
User Commands (g - j) gtacl(1) value can be one or more of the following: • a list of Guardian subvolume names in Guardian external file name format, separated by spaces. These subvolumes are searched when resolving a Guardian file identifier to find the program specified with the -p or -prog option. • the TACL command interpreter #DEFAULTS built-in variable. • the TACL command interpreter identifiers #DEFAULTS/CURRENT/ or #DEFAULTS/SAVED/.
gtacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual inherited by the child process. Up to 256K bytes of DEFINEs can be inherited. The actual maximum depends on the size of the PFS for the child process. If the -defmode off option is used, only the Guardian =_DEFAULTS DEFINE values inherited by gtacl are inherited by the child process. DIAGNOSTICS Error diagnostics are written to the OSS environment standard error file of the gtacl process.
User Commands (g - j) gtacl[6]: gtacl(1) Unable to open child process, error n: strerror(n) The gtacl command detected an error while trying to open the child process and send the child process a sequence of Guardian environment startup messages. The Guardian file-system error n was returned. The meaning of that error number as returned by the strerror( ) function is displayed.
gtacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • The NonStop Kernel message system does not have enough resources to provide the information. • A coding error exists within this version of gtacl. Recovery action depends on the error returned. Refer to the description of procedure in the Guardian Procedure Calls Reference Manual for more detailed information about the error when returned by that procedure.
User Commands (g - j) gtacl(1) EXIT VALUES The gtacl process returns the following exit values (the Guardian environment completion code always equals the gtacl exit value plus 256): 0 The child process terminated with an exit value of 0 or 5, or the -nowait option was specified and the child process started successfully. This value corresponds to the Guardian environment completion codes 256 and 231. 170 An error prevented gtacl from starting the child process.
hash(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME hash - Affects memory of where utilities are located SYNOPSIS hash [utility ...] -r FLAGS -r Causes the hash command to forget all locations of utilities and commands. DESCRIPTION The hash command affects the way the current shell environment remembers the locations of utilities. When the name of a command or utility is specified for utility, the hash command adds the location of that command or utility to its list of remembered locations.
User Commands (g - j) head(1) NAME head - Displays the beginning of a file SYNOPSIS head [-c bytes] [-n lines] [file ...] FLAGS -c bytes Specifies the number of bytes (not characters) to display. If the last byte written is not a newline character, a newline character is appended to the output. -n lines Specifies the number of lines to display. The default value for lines is 10.
history(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME history - Lists previously executed commands SYNOPSIS history DESCRIPTION The history command displays the contents of the history file, which contains a list of previously executed commands. The history command is an exported alias for the fc -l command and is compiled into the OSS shell. (See the reference page for the fc command.) history can be unset or redefined. See "Command Aliasing" in the sh reference page. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (g - j) iconv(1) NAME iconv - Converts encoded characters to another code set SYNOPSIS iconv -f from_code -t to_code [file ...] FLAGS -f from_code Specifies the input code set -t to_code Specifies the output code set Operands file specifies the file to be converted DESCRIPTION The iconv command converts the encoding of characters in file from one coded character set to another and writes the results to the standard output file.
iconv(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual specified in $LOCPATH. conversion_directory/iconvTable/* is a directory containing iconv conversion tables generated by genxlt, where conversion_directory is specified in $LOCPATH. Environment Variables The following environment variables affect the execution of the iconv command: LANG, LC_ALL, LC_MESSAGES, NLSPATH.
User Commands (g - j) iconv(1) /usr/lib/nls/loc/iconvTable/* Contains table converters. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: genxlt(1).
id(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME id - Displays the user’s system identity SYNOPSIS id [user] id -G [-n] [user] id -g [-nr] [user] id -u [-nr] [user] FLAGS -g Outputs only the effective group ID by using the printf format "%u\n". -G Outputs all different group IDs (effective, real, and supplementary) only by using the printf format "%u\n".
User Commands (g - j) info_define(1) NAME info_define - Displays attributes and values of existing DEFINEs SYNOPSIS info_define [-detail ] { { define-name}[ define-name] ... | all } FLAGS -detail Displays all the values and attributes of each DEFINE specified by define-name. define-name Specifies the name of the DEFINE whose information is to be displayed. The name can be 2 through 24 characters long.
info_define(1) 2. OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual To display all attributes of an existing DEFINE that have a value, enter: info_define -detail =TEST3 This command might result in the following display: DEFINE NAME ==TEST3 CLASS =TAPE VOLUME =SCRATCH LABELS =OMITTED USE =IN DEVICE =$TAPE2 MOUNTMSG =Transferring files-Mr. Smith NOTES The info_define command is a shell built-in command. It differs from the regular commands in that it does not open a new shell process when it executes.
User Commands (g - j) ipcrm(1) NAME ipcrm - Removes message queues, semaphore identifiers, or shared memory identifiers and deallocates their data structures SYNOPSIS ipcrm [-m shared_memory_ID] [-M shared_memory_key] [-q message_queue_ID] [-Q message_key] [-s semaphore_ID] [-S semaphore_key] FLAGS -m shared_memory_ID Removes the shared memory identifier specified by the shared_memory_ID value, and removes the associated shared memory segment and data structure after the final detach operation.
ipcrm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 4. To remove the semaphore set associated with semaphore identifier 222 on processor 4, enter: run -cpu=4 ipcrm -s 222 5. To remove the message queue associated with message queue identifier 4 from the processor on which your terminal session runs, enter: ipcrm -q 4 6.
User Commands (g - j) ipcs(1) NAME ipcs - Reports interprocess communication (IPC) facilities status SYNOPSIS ipcs [-a | -bcopt] [-mqs] FLAGS -a Is the same as specifying the -b, -c, -o, -p, and -t flags. -b Writes the maximum number of bytes in message queues, the maximum allowed size of segments for shared memory, and the number of semaphores in each semaphore set. -c Writes the username and group name of the user who created the facility.
ipcs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Column Headings The column headings and the meanings of the columns in an ipcs listing follow. The letters in parentheses indicate the flags that cause the corresponding heading to appear. The word "all" means that the heading always appears. The flags determine only what information is provided for each facility; they do not determine which facilities are listed.
User Commands (g - j) ipcs(1) CREATOR (a,c) The username of the creator of the facility entry. CGROUP (a,c) The group name of the creator of the facility entry. Note that when the OWNER, GROUP, CREATOR, and CGROUP columns all appear, the user IDs and group IDs are displayed instead of the usernames and group names. CBYTES (a,o) The number of bytes in messages currently outstanding on the associated message queue. QNUM (a,o) The number of messages currently outstanding on the associated message queue.
ipcs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual OTIME (a,t) The time when the latest semaphore operation was completed on the set associated with the semaphore entry. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (g - j) ipcs(1) STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This utility is an HP extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
jobs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME jobs - Lists processes SYNOPSIS jobs [-lnp] [job ...] FLAGS -l Lists process IDs in addition to the normal information. -n Lists jobs that have stopped or exited since last invocation. -p Lists only the process group. DESCRIPTION The jobs command lists information about the process specified as job. If job is not specified, the jobs command provides information on all active processes. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (g - j) join(1) NAME join - Joins the lines of two files SYNOPSIS Current syntax join [-a filenum_a] [-e string] [-o number.field, ... ] [-t character] [-v filenum_v] [-1 field1] [-2 field2] file1 file2 Obsolescent syntax join [-a filenum_a] [-e string] [-j num | field | num fld] [-o number.field, ...] [-t character] file1 file2 FLAGS -1 field1 Specifies the number of the join field for file1. field1 is a decimal integer starting with 1.
join(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual the sequence is that of a plain sort. To specify a tab character, enclose it in ’ ’ (single quotes). -v filenum_v Produces an output line for each unmatched line in filenum_v (where filenum_v is 1 for file1 or 2 for file2), instead of the default output. If both -v 1 and -v 2 are specified, join produces output lines for all unmatched lines.
User Commands (g - j) join(1) then join phonedir names displays: Eisner Green Takata Wozni 555-1234 555-2240 555-5341 555-1234 Dept. Dept. Dept. Dept. 389 311 454 520 Each line consists of the join field found in both files (the last name), followed by the rest of the line found in phonedir, followed by the rest of the line found in names. 2.
join(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If phonedir contains: Binst Dickerson Eisner Green Hrarii Janatha Lewis Takata Wozni 555-6235 555-1842 555-1234 555-2240 555-0256 555-7358 555-3237 555-5341 555-1234 and names contains: Eisner Frost Green Takata Wozni Dept. Dept. Dept. Dept. Dept. 389 217 311 454 520 then join -o 2.3,2.1,1.2 phonedir names displays: 389 311 454 520 4.
User Commands (g - j) join(1) and numbers contains: 555-0256 555-1234 555-5555 555-7358 then sort ... | join ... displays: 555-0256 555-1234 555-1234 555-7358 Hrarii Eisner Wozni Janatha Each telephone number in numbers is listed with the name listed in phonedir for that telephone number. Note that join lists all the matches for a given field. In this case, join lists both Eisner and Wozni as having the telephone number 555-1234.
Section 5. User Commands (k - l) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters k through l.
kill(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME kill - Sends a signal to a running process SYNOPSIS kill -l [exit_status] kill -s signal_name process_ID ... Obsolescent Versions kill -s -signal_name | -signal_number process_ID ... The kill command sends a signal to one or more running processes. FLAGS -l [exit_status] Lists all supported signal names.
User Commands (k - l) kill(1) also use the ps command to find the process ID of commands. The sensitivity level of the target process must equal that of the process sending the signal, unless you have the sysadmin command authorization. If you have the writeupclearance or writeupsyshi base privileges, you can send signals to processes that dominate your process and are dominated by your clearance of the System High sensitivity level, respectively.
kill(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual LC_ALL Determines the locale to be used to override any values for locale categories specified by the settings of the LANG variable or any environment variable whose name begins with LC_. LC_CTYPE Determines the locale for the interpretation of bytes of text data as characters (for example, a single-byte character rather than a multibyte character in an argument).
User Commands (k - l) 5. kill(1) To send a different signal to a process, enter: kill -s USR1 1103 This sends the SIGUSR1 signal to process 1103. The action taken on the SIGUSR1 signal is defined by the particular application you are running. (The name of the kill command is misleading because many signals, including SIGUSR1, do not terminate processes.) 6.
kill(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ps(1), sh(1). Functions: kill(2). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE Extensions have been added to the kill command in order to support the Guardian environment.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) NAME ksh - Describes the OSS shell SYNOPSIS ksh [-i] [-c command_string | -s] [+ | -abCefmnosuvx] [+ | -o][option ...] | [argument ...] | [file] [argument ...] The OSS shell is an interactive command interpreter and a command programming language. The OSS shell is based on the UNIX Korn shell. FLAGS -c command_string Causes ksh to read commands from command_string. -i Causes ksh to run as an interactive shell.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual command runs as a separate process, and the shell waits for the last command to end. A filter is a command that reads its standard input, transforms it in some way, then writes it to its standard output. A pipeline normally consists of a series of filters. Although the processes in a pipeline (except the first process) can execute in parallel, they are synchronized to the extent that each program needs to read the output of its predecessor.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) is saved in the REPLY parameter. The list is executed for each selection until a break or end-of-file character is encountered. case word in [[(] pattern [| pattern] ...) list ;;] ... esac" Executes the list associated with the first pattern that matches word. The form of the patterns is the same as that used for filename generation. (See Filename Generation.) if list ;then list [elif list ;then list] ...
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual time until while {} [[ ]] Command Aliasing The first word of each command is replaced by the text of an alias (if an alias for this word was defined). The first character of an alias name can be any nonspecial printable character, but the rest of the characters must be the same as for a valid identifier. The replacement string can contain any valid shell script, including the metacharacters previously listed.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) original text is left unchanged. A tilde by itself, or in front of a /, is replaced by the value of the HOME parameter. A tilde followed by a + (plus sign) or - (dash) is replaced by $PWD and $OLDPWD, respectively. In addition, tilde substitution is attempted when the value of a variable assignment parameter begins with a tilde.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ${#identifier[*]} Substitutes the number of elements in the array identifier. ${parameter:-word} Substitutes the value of parameter if it is set and non-null; otherwise, substitutes word. ${parameter:=word} Sets parameter to word if it is not set or is null; the value of the parameter is then substituted. Positional parameters cannot be assigned values in this way.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) ! (exclamation point) The process number of the last background command invoked. ERRNO The value of errno as set by the most recently failed system call. This value is system dependent and is intended for debugging purposes. LINENO The line number of the current line within the script or function being executed. OLDPWD The previous working directory set by the cd command. OPTARG The value of the last option argument processed by the getopts special command.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual FPATH The search path for function definitions. This path is searched when a function with the -u attribute is referenced and when a command is not found. If an executable file is found, then it is read and executed in the current environment. IFS Internal field separators, normally spaces, tabs, and newlines that are used to separate command words which result from command or parameter substitution and for separating words with the read special command.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) LOCPATH Specifies a series of colon-separated search rules that describe where to look for locales. These rules override the default search path of /usr/lib/nls/loc. NLSPATH Specifies a list of directories to search to find message catalogs. PATH The search path for commands. (See Execution.) You cannot change PATH if executing under rsh, except in .profile.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ? Matches any single character. [...] Matches any one of the enclosed characters. In an expression such as [a-z], the (dash) means "through" according to the current collating sequence. The collating sequence is determined by the value of the LC_COLLATE environment variable. If the first character following the [ (left bracket) is a ! (exclamation point), then any character not enclosed is matched.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) Quoting The following characters have a special meaning to the shell and cause termination of a word unless quoted: ; & ( ) | ˆ < > Each of the metacharacters previously listed has a special meaning to the shell and causes termination of a word unless quoted. A character can be quoted (that is, made to stand for itself) by preceding it with a \ (backslash). The pair \newline is ignored.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -a file TRUE, if file exists. -b file TRUE, if file exists and is a block-special file. -c file TRUE, if file exists and is a character-special file. -d file TRUE, if file exists and is a directory. -f file TRUE, if file exists and is an ordinary file. -g file TRUE, if file exists and has its setgid bit set. -G file TRUE, if file exists and its group ID matches the effective group ID of this process.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) string != pattern TRUE, if string does not match pattern. string1 < string2 TRUE, if string1 collates before string2. string1 > string2 TRUE, if string1 collates after string2. expression1 -eq expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is equal to expression2. expression1 -ne expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is not equal to expression2. expression1 -lt expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is less than expression2. expression1 -gt expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is greater than expression2.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual >|word Same as >, except that it overrides the noclobber option. >>word Use file word as standard output. If the file exists, output is appended to it (by first seeking to the End-of-File); otherwise, the file is created. <>word Open file word for reading and writing as standard input. <<[-]word The shell input is read up to a line that is the same as word, or to an End-of-File.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) You can augment the environment for any simple command or function by prefixing it with one or more parameter assignments. A parameter assignment argument is a word of the form identifier=value. Thus, the following two expressions are equivalent (as far as the execution of command is concerned): TERM=450 command argument ... (export TERM; TERM=450; command argument ...) Functions The function reserved word is used to define shell functions.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual A job being run in the background will stop if it tries to read from the terminal. Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, but this can be disabled by issuing the stty tostop command. If you set this tty option, then background jobs will stop when they try to produce output like they do when they try to read input. There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) permission, or if the setuid and/or setgid bits are set on the file, the shell executes an agent whose job it is to set up the permissions and execute the shell with the shell command file passed down as an open file. A command in parentheses is executed in a subshell without the removal of nonexported quantities. Command Reentry The text of the last HISTSIZE (default 128) commands entered from a terminal device is saved in a history file. The $HOME/.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Input Edit Commands By default the editor is in input mode. Erase (User-defined Erase character as defined by the stty command, often or #.) Deletes the previous character. Deletes the previous space-separated word. Terminates the shell (at the beginning of a line only). Escapes the next character.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) ^ Cursor to the first nonspace character in the line. $ Cursor to the end of the line. Search Edit Commands These commands access your command history. [count]k Fetches the previous command. Each time k is entered, the previous command back in time is accessed. [count]- Equivalent to k. [count]j Fetches the next command. Each time j is entered, the next command forward in time is accessed. [count]+ Equivalent to j. [count]G Fetches the command number count.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual i Enters input mode and inserts text before the current character. I Inserts text before the beginning of the line. Equivalent to 0i. [count]P Places the previous text modification before the cursor. [count]p Places the previous text modification after the cursor. R Enters input mode and replaces characters on the screen with the characters you type, overlay fashion.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) # Sends the line after inserting a # (number sign) in front of the line. Useful for causing the current line to be inserted in the history without being executed. = Lists the filenames that match the current word if an * (asterisk) is appended to it. @@@@letter Searches the alias list for an alias by the name _letter . If an alias of this name is defined, its value is inserted in the input queue for processing.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual I/O redirections are processed after parameter assignments. Errors cause a script that contains the commands so marked to abort. add_define Creates DEFINEs for the Guardian environment. An HP extension. alias Creates or lists aliases. bg Puts each specified job into the background. break Exits from the enclosing for, while, until, or select loop. cd Changes the current directory.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) reset_define Restores the attributes of a DEFINE to their original settings. An HP extension. return Causes a shell function to return to the invoking script. set Sets parameters. set_define Sets the values for DEFINE attributes. An HP extension. shift Renames positional parameters. show_define Displays values of DEFINE attributes. An HP extension. times Prints the accumulated user and system times for the shell and for processes run from the shell.
ksh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 2. When the shell encounters the >> characters, it does not open the file in append mode; instead, the shell opens the file for writing and seeks to the end. 3. Failure (nonzero exit status) of a special command preceding a || symbol prevents the list following || from executing. 4.
User Commands (k - l) ksh(1) del_define Deletes DEFINEs from the current shell process. info_define Displays information about DEFINEs. reset_define Restores the attributes of a DEFINE to their original settings. set_define Sets the values for DEFINE attributes. show_define Displays values of DEFINE attributes.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ld - Runs the TNS/R native linker utility for position-independent code SYNOPSIS ld [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ 5−32 -allow_duplicate_procs ] -allow_missing_libs ] -allow_multiple_mains ] -ansistreams ] -bdllsonly ] -bdynamic ] -bglobalized ] -blocalized ] -bstatic ] -bsymbolic | -bsemi_globalized ] -call_shared ] -change attribute_name attribute_value filename3 ] -d address1 ] -dll
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) [ -y symbol_name5 ] [ filename13 ] ... FLAGS -allow_duplicate_procs Tells ld to unconditionally accept multiple copies of a procedure. The only check made is that all copies of the procedure have the same procedure attributes; for example, it is acceptable if they have different sizes. The first copy of the duplicated procedure is the one that is kept. When building an executable file, no space is allocated for the unused copies.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual When a DLL cannot be found, ld issues an error message unless the -allow_missing_libs flag is specified. The -bdllsonly, -bdynamic, and -bstatic flags are search control toggles. Multiple flags can be specified in a single ld invocation; the behavior specified remains in effect until another flag in the set is specified. Thus, you can search for both DLLs and archive files for some -l and -lib flags and search for just archive files for others.
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) You cannot use this flag when you use the -blocalized, -bsemi_localized, or -bsymbolic flag. The default action is the action for the -blocalized flag. -blocalized Directs ld to use the following sequence as its linker searchList when resolving the filenames specified for the -l and -lib flags: 1. Loadfile itself 2. Libraries on the libList 3. Breadth-first transitive closure of re-exported libList-specified DLLs 4. Implicit libraries This is the default ld action.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • At load time: 1. Loadfile itself 2. Libraries on the libList 3. Breadth-first transitive closure of DLLs on the libList 4. Loader loadList (libraries loaded by the program or libraries that caused this loadfile to be loaded; this list is built from the program’s and libraries’ libList and a breadth-first transitive closure of the libList-specified libraries) 5.
User Commands (k - l) -dll | -shared ld(1) Tells ld to mark the loadfile specified by filename7 as a PIC DLL. When you specify the -dll or -shared flag, the exported symbols are those exported by the -export_all or -export flags, or those marked by the compiler to be exported. Any symbols specified by the -export_not flag are not exported. You cannot use this flag when you use the -call_shared flag. The default action is the action for the -call_shared flag.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • starting with __sti__ (global constructors), __std__ (global destructors), __INIT__ (initialization functions), or __TERM__ (termination functions) This flag can be used with the -export_not flag to create a subset of symbols to be exported. The default action when the -ul flag is not used is to export only those symbols marked by a compiler as requiring export. You can specify this flag as often as you want in the command line or an obey file.
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) table for the loadfile being created. After the merge, the undefined symbol that triggered the merge is resolved (marked as defined). The same merge might resolve other undefined symbols or result in more undefined symbols. You can stop the linking action of -include_whole by specifying the -no_include_whole flag later in the command line or obey file. These flags can be specified as many times as needed in the command stream.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -no_optional_lib | -optional_lib Specifies whether a library specified in the command line or obey file should be considered optional when creating a loadfile. When -no_optional_lib behavior is in effect, any library specified in a -l or -lib flag is included in the .liblist section of the loadfile being created. When -optional_lib behavior is in effect, a specified library can be omitted from the .
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) whether a -dllname or -soname flag is specified. filename7 can also become the DLL name used for the file in the libList. See the description of the -dllname flag in this reference page for more information. -rld_l path_list1 Tells ld to set search paths in the loadfile for later use by the rld loader. path_list1 identifies paths to be searched after using the loadfile location and before using the rld default locations.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • FLOATTYPE is one of the following: IEEE_FLOAT NEUTRAL_FLOAT TANDEM_FLOAT If FLOATTYPE is not specified, the value used comes from the input linkfile. If FLOATTYPE is specified more than once, all occurrences except the final one are ignored. • HEAP_MAX, MAINSTACK_MAX, [PROCESS_]SUBTYPE, and SPACE_GUARANTEE are unsigned numbers. The default value is 0 (zero). • HIGHPIN, HIGHREQUESTER[S] or HIGHREQUESTOR[S], and INSPECT are either ON or OFF.
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) -fl or -obey -stdin The resulting file has the same ld timestamp as before. -t address2 Specifies the hexadecimal virtual address at which the text area starts. The default value for address2 is: • 70000000 for user programs • 60000000 for a DLL The value specified for address2 is always hexadecimal and can optionally be prefixed by 0x. The specified value is automatically rounded up to a multiple of 4096 (0x1000) bytes.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -verbose Directs ld to write error, warning, and informational messages to its output listing, along with output specified by other options. The default value is -no_verbose. You can specify the flags -warn, -verbose, -noverbose, and -no_verbose as often as you want in the command line or an obey file. The value used is the final value entered.
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) 2. Public libraries (installed by the system operator) * ** 3. Locations specified by the current -libvol and -L flags 4. Default locations in the OSS environment: /lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib:/G/SYSTEM/ZDLL * The value of the COMP_ROOT environment variable is added to the beginning of /lib, /usr/lib, and /usr/local/lib. By default, the value of COMP_ROOT is null in the OSS environment. 5. Default locations in the Guardian environment: $SYSTEM.
ld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual For More Information ld is not an interactive tool like Binder. For more information on using ld, see the ld Manual. For more informaiton on run-time library use, see the rld Manual. EXAMPLES 1. The following example: ld objecta objectb -o objectc links together the input linkfiles named objecta and objectb to create a loadfile named objectc. 2.
User Commands (k - l) ld(1) 1 One or more warning conditions were detected. 2 One or more general errors were detected. 3 A fatal error was detected. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: c89(1), nld(1), noft(1). Files: float(4). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The ld command is an HP extension to the Single UNIX Version 2 specification and performs functions comparable to the UNIX ld command.
let(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME let - Evaluates arithmetic expressions SYNOPSIS let argument ... DESCRIPTION The let command evaluates each argument as a separate arithmetic expression. (See Arithmetic Evaluation in the reference page for sh.1 for a description of arithmetic expression evaluation.) EXIT VALUES The exit status is 0 (zero) if the value of the last expression is nonzero, and 1 otherwise. EXAMPLES The statement let x=y+z is equivalent to the statement (x=y+z).
User Commands (k - l) lex(1) NAME lex - Generates a C language lexical analyzer SYNOPSIS lex [-bcdfinpstvFILT8] -C[efmF] [-Sskeleton] [file ...] FLAGS -b Generates backtracking information to file lex.backtrack. This is a list of scanner states that require backtracking and the input characters on which they backtrack. By adding rules, you can remove backtracking states. If all backtracking states are eliminated and the -f or -F flag is used, the generated scanner will run faster.
lex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -T Makes the lex command run in trace mode. It generates a lot of messages to the standard output file concerning the form of the input and the resultant nondeterministic and deterministic finite automata. This flag is mostly for use in maintaining the lex command. -8 Instructs the lex command to generate an 8-bit scanner (which is the default scanner). -C[efmF] Controls the degree of table compression.
User Commands (k - l) lex(1) -Sskeleton Overrides the default skeleton file from which the lex command constructs its scanners. This is useful for lex maintenance or development. -c Specifies table-compression options. (Obsolescent) -n Suppresses the statistics summaries that the -v flag typically generates. (Obsolescent.) DESCRIPTION The lex and flex commands have the same functionality. The lex command is a tool for generating scanners: programs that recognize lexical patterns in text.
lex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual dashes ( - ) are not permitted. Unlike regexp names, state names share the C #define namespace. In the rules section, states are recognized as (state within angle brackets). The %x directive names exclusive states. When a scanner is in an exclusive state, only rules prefixed with that state are active. Inclusive states are named with the %s directive.
User Commands (k - l) lex(1) special meaning. For example, x\*yz represents the four characters x*yz. [ ] (brackets) Represent a character class in the enclosed range ([.-.]) or the enclosed list ([...]). The dash character ( - ) is used to define a range of characters from the ASCII value or the 8-bit class of the character that comes before the dash to the ASCII value or the 8-bit class of the character that follows the dash. For example, [abcx-z] matches a, b, c, x, y, or z.
lex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual x/y (slash) Matches expression x only if expression y (trailing context) immediately follows it. For example, ab/cd matches the string ab but only if followed by cd. Only one trailing context is permitted per pattern. ^ (circumflex) When it appears at the beginning of the pattern, matches the beginning of a line. For example, ˆabc matches the string abc if it is found at the beginning of a line.
User Commands (k - l) lex(1) the action may cross multiple lines. Using a return statement in an action returns from yylex(). An action consisting solely of a vertical bar (|) means same as the action for the next rule. lex variable that can be used within actions are: yytext Is a string (char *) containing the current matched input. It cannot be modified. yyleng Is the length (int) of the current matched input. It cannot be modified.
lex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual yywrap( ) Returns 0 (zero) if there is more input to scan or 1 if there is not. The default yywrap( ) always returns 1. It is implemented as a macro. yyterminate( ) Can be used instead of a return statement in an action. It terminates the scanner and returns a 0 (zero) to the scanner’s caller. yyterminate() is automatically called when an End-of-File is encountered. It is a macro and can be redefined.
User Commands (k - l) lex(1) YY_USER_ACTION Can be redefined to provide an action that is always executed prior to the matched pattern’s action. YY _USER_INIT Can be redefined to provide an action that is always executed before the first scan. YY_BREAK Is used in the scanner to separate different actions. By default, it is simply a break, but it can be redefined if necessary. The user_functions section consists of complete C functions, which are passed directly into the lex.y.
lex(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual FILES NOTES flex.skel Is the skeleton scanner. lex.yy.c Is the generated scanner C source. lex.backtrack Contains backtracking information generated from the -b flag.
User Commands (k - l) line(1) NAME line - Reads one line from the standard input file and copies it to standard output file SYNOPSIS line DESCRIPTION The line command copies one line up to and including a newline character from the standard input file and writes it to the standard output file. The line command always writes at least a newline character. Use this command within a shell command file to read from your terminal.
ln(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ln - Links files SYNOPSIS ln [ -f ] [ -s ] source_file target_file ln [ -f ] [ -s ] source_file [ ... ] target_directory FLAGS -f Forces removal of existing target pathnames to allow specified links. -s Creates symbolic links. DESCRIPTION The ln command links a single file source_file to file target_file or links one or more files to the same filenames in another existing directory (target_directory).
User Commands (k - l) ln(1) The value specified for target_file is resolved using normal pathname resolution rules. target_file file must be in the same OSS fileset as source_file if you are trying to create a hard link. If resolution of the pathname for target_file includes symbolic links, all of the directories traversed must be in the same OSS fileset as source_file; otherwise, a hard link cannot be created.
ln(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 6. To create a symbolic link to the final component of a pathname, enter: ln -s /a/b/c/d/e This creates a link, e, in the current directory to the file /a/b/c/d/e. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cp(1), mv(1), rm(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The -s flag is an extension to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2.
User Commands (k - l) locale(1) NAME locale - Writes information about locales SYNOPSIS locale [-a | -m] locale [-c] [-k] name ...
locale(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The -c and -k flags determine the information displayed by the locale utility as follows: Table 5−1. Controlling locale Utility Output Flags Set Information Displayed ___________________________________________________ None Value of keyword specified by the name parameter or values of all keywords in the category specified by the name parameter.
User Commands (k - l) locale(1) left_parenthesis right_parenthesis _____________________________________ LC_NUMERIC decimal_point thousands_sep grouping _____________________________________ LC_TIME alt_digits abday day abmon mon d_t_fmt d_fmt t_fmt t_fmt_ampm am_pm era era_d_fmt era_t_fmt era_d_t_fmt era_year _____________________________________ If several name arguments are specified, the locale utility processes them in order.
locale(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DIAGNOSTICS The locale utility generates these errors: locale: unrecognized keyword, ’\%s’, in argument list.\n usage: locale [-amck] keyword ...\n RELATED INFORMATION Files: locale(4).
User Commands (k - l) logger(1) NAME logger - Makes entries in the system log SYNOPSIS logger [-f file] [-i] [-p priority] [-t tag] [string ...] The logger command makes the specified entries in the system log file. FLAGS -f file Logs all lines in file. -i Logs the process ID (PID) of the logger process with each line. -p priority Enters the message with the specified priority. You can specify priority as a name or a numeric value. You can also enter a facility/priority pair, separated by a .
logger(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Priorities The specific priority names that can be entered as the priority portion of the priority argument to the -p flag appear in the following list. The corresponding numeric values appear in parentheses. emerg The system is unusable (0). alert Action must be taken immediately (1). crit Critical conditions (2). err Error conditions (3). warning Warning conditions (4). notice Normal but significant condition (5). info Informational (6).
User Commands (k - l) logname(1) NAME logname - Displays user login name SYNOPSIS logname DESCRIPTION The logname command writes to the standard output file the name you used to log in to the system. This name is returned by the getlogin( ) function. Under conditions where getlogin( ) would fail, the logname command writes a diagnostic message to the standard error file and exits with a nonzero exit value.
lp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME lp - Sends files to a printer SYNOPSIS lp [-c ] [-d dest ] [-n copies ] [-s ] [-t title ] [-W save ] [-W pri=priority ] [-W spl=spooler_name ] [file ... ] | FLAGS Flags for the lp command can appear in any order and can be mixed with filenames. -c Copies the input files to the spooling area rather than directly to the printer device. This is the default action. -d dest Specifies dest as the spooler destination for the job.
User Commands (k - l) lp(1) [\\node.]\$collector[.group[.destination]] | In which: • node is the system name | • $collector is the spooler collector name | • group and destination are part of the spooler location | You can set the Guardian spooler name with the GUARDIAN_PRINTER environment variable. The -W spl flag has precedence over the LPDEST and PRINTER environment variables, which have precedence over the GUARDIAN_PRINTER environment variable.
lp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual LC_ALL When set with a nonempty string, overrides the values of all other internationalization variables. LC_CTYPE Determines the locale for the interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data as characters (for example, single-byte as opposed to multibyte characters in arguments and input files).
User Commands (k - l) lp(1) Search Alogrithm The search algorithm for the printer locations is as follows. The printer destination specification in the -d flag or the Guardian spooler name specification in the -W spl flag is used whenever it is specified. If both the -d and the -W spl flags are specified, the last printer location that is specified is used.
lp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If the operation is successful, the exit status 0 is returned and the following messages are written to the standard output file: file 1 is routed to hplp with request id: 1 /G/system/vol/subvol/file is routed to hplp with request id: 2 The header for the banner is "myprint." EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned: 0 All input files were processed successfully. >0 No output device was available, or an error occurred.
User Commands (k - l) lpstat(1) NAME lpstat - Displays line printer and print job status information SYNOPSIS lpstat [-drst] [-a[list]] [-o[list]] [-p[list]] [-u[list]] [-v[list]] [ID ...] FLAGS The flags can be specified in any order. Specifying no flags displays all of the information associated with the first printer alias (usually named default) in the user’s printcap file, or, if no printcap file exists, in the /etc/printcap file.
lpstat(1) -v [list] OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Displays the names of spooler locations and associated devices. The list argument is a list of printer aliases. If no value is specified for list, the information displayed is for the first printer alias (usually named default) in the user’s printcap file or, if no printcap file exists, in the /etc/printcap file.
User Commands (k - l) TZ lpstat(1) Determines the time zone to be used with date and time strings. EXAMPLES 1. To display the default destination, enter: lpstat -d If the operation is successful, the destination name and a zero exit status are returned. 2.
ls(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ls - Lists and generates statistics for files SYNOPSIS ls [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [-abcCdfFgilLmnopqrRstux1] [file | directory] ... ls -W guardian [/G/[volume[/subvolume[/file_identifier]]]] ... FLAGS 5−78 -a Lists all entries in the directory, including the entries that begin with a . (dot). -b Displays nonprintable characters in octal notation. For example, a file named aˆAb is displayed as a\0016.
User Commands (k - l) ls(1) -s Gives space used in 512-byte units (including indirect blocks) for each entry. -t Sorts by time of last modification (latest first) instead of by name, before sorting the operands by the collating sequence. -u Uses the time of the last access instead of the time of the last modification for sorting (when used with the -t flag) or for displaying (when used with the -l flag). The -u flag has no effect unless used with either the -t or -l flag or both.
ls(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual There are three main ways to format the output: • List entries in multiple columns by specifying either the -C or -x flag. -1 is the default format, when output is sent to a terminal. • List one entry per line. • List entries in a comma-separated series by specifying the -m flag. The ls command attempts to determine the number of byte positions in the output line. If ls cannot get this information, it uses a default value of 80.
User Commands (k - l) ls(1) Modes The mode displayed with the -l flag is interpreted by the first character, as follows: b Block special file c Character special file d Directory l Symbolic link p First-in-first-out (FIFO) special file s AF_UNIX local socket - Ordinary file Permissions The second through tenth characters in the permissions code are divided into three sets of three characters each. The first set of three characters shows the owner’s permission.
ls(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual For all files contained within the specified Guardian pathname (/G/volume/subvolume) and for all specified disk filenames, the following message is displayed: %s %d,, EXAMPLES 1. To list all files in the current directory, enter: ls -a This command lists all files, including . (dot), .. (dot dot), and other files whose names begin with a dot. 2. To display detailed information, enter: ls -l chap1 .
User Commands (k - l) ls(1) makekil mykill testc test 8. 101 100 101 100 To recursively list all subdirectories in the OSS file system on the local node, enter: ls -W NOG -W NOE -R / NOTES Because /G and /E both appear in your local root directory, you should be very careful when using OSS shell commands on or from the root directory. OSS shell commands that perform recursive actions make no distinction between Guardian and OSS files or between local and remote files.
Section 6. User Commands (m - o) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters m through o.
make(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME make - Maintains program dependencies SYNOPSIS make [-einpqrst ] [-f makefile] . . . [-k | -S ] [ string1=[string2 ] ] . . . [ target_name . . . ] FLAGS -e Specifies that environmental variables override macro assignments within makefiles. -f makefile Specifies a makefile to read instead of the default makefile. If makefile is (dash), the standard input file is read. Multiple makefiles can be specified, and they are read in the order specified.
User Commands (m - o) make(1) DESCRIPTION The make program is designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications of the files that programs and other files depend upon. By default, the following files are tried in sequence to provide this list of specifications: ./makefile and ./Makefile. There are four different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, and comments.
make(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual section, Special Targets, lists the special sources, or prerequisites, and targets for a makefile. Special Targets Special targets must not be included with other targets; that is, they must be the only target specified. These control the operation of the make command. The supported special target names are: .DEFAULT This is used as the rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that make cannot create in any other way.
User Commands (m - o) .s1.s2 make(1) A double-suffix inference rule. This rule describes how to build a target that is appended with .s2 with a prerequisite that is appended with .s1. s1 and s2 are suffixes defined as prerequisites of the special target, .SUFFIXES. The inference rules use the suffixes in the order in which they are specified in .SUFFIXES. A new inference rule is started when a new line does not begin with a or # (number sign).
make(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 4. Command lines Note, however, that the -e option causes environment variables to override those defined in the makefile. The SHELL macro is special. It is set by make to the pathname of the shell command interpreter (/bin/sh). However, if it is redefined in the makefile, or on the command line, then this default setting is overridden. Note that this macro does not affect, and is not affected by, the SHELL environment variable.
User Commands (m - o) make(1) $* Represents the filename section of a source that made a target out-ofdate (in an inference rule) without a suffix. $@ Represents the full target name of the current target, or the archive filename part of the library archive target. $? Represents the list of sources causing a target to be out-of-date (inference and target rules). $% Represents a library member in a target rule if the target is a member of the archive library.
make(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual over the -f and -p flags in this variable. EXAMPLES 1. To compile, link, and run a TNS/R program using a non-PIC library and the files mainstr.c, mystrng.c, and mystrng.h, use the following makefile: TOOLS = /G/SYSTEM/SYSTEM CFLAGS = -Woptimize=0 -g -Werrors=5 -Wextensions \ -I /G/SYSTEM/ZSYSDEFS -I ${TOOLS} -c LDFLAGS = -obey /G/SYSTEM/SYSTEM/libcobey -L . all: revstr revstr : mainstr.o mystrng.o nld -o $@ ${LDFLAGS} mainstr.o mystrng.
User Commands (m - o) 3. make(1) To compile, link, and run a TNS/R program using different DLLs and the files mainstr.c, mystrng.c, and mystrng.h, use the following makefile: TOOLS = /G/SYSTEM/SYSTEM CFLAGS_NON_PIC = -Woptimize=0 -g -Werrors=5 -Wextensions \ -I /G/SYSTEM/ZSYSDEFS -I ${TOOLS} -c CFLAGS= ${CFLAGS_NON_PIC} -Wcall_shared LDFLAGS = -obey /G/SYSTEM/SYSTEM/libcobey -L . LDFLAGS_DLL = ${LDFLAGS} -shared all: mystrng.dll mystrng.c : mystrng.h touch mystrng.c mystrng.dll : mystrng.
make(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual main.exe: main.c c89 -o $@ $? ${CFLAGS} -l zrldsrl sort.dll : sort.o ld -o $@ ${LDFLAGS_DLL} sort.o -export CompareInts sort.o : sort.c c89 -o $@ $? ${CFLAGS} -c clean: rm *.o revstr *.dll FILES /usr/share/mk/posix.mk Default POSIX rules for the make utility. makefile List of dependencies. Makefile List of dependencies. EXIT VALUES The make command exits with one of the following values: 0 (zero) To indicate successful completion.
User Commands (m - o) man(1) NAME man - Displays reference page information SYNOPSIS man [-c] [-] [-M pathname] [section] title ... man [-M pathname] -f | -k keyword ... FLAGS -c Does not pipe output through more. -f keyword ... Displays descriptions of all commands, calls, functions, or special filenames matching the specified keyword. Locates reference pages by function (same as the whatis command). This option requires the existence of a whatis keyword database file.
man(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DESCRIPTION The man program provides online access to the system’s reference pages. Reference pages must be located within a known directory structure. A directory structure is known when it is specified by the -M option, by a value in the MANPATH environment variable, or by default. Subdirectories within each known directory structure are searched in a specific order for a requested reference page.
User Commands (m - o) man(1) /nonnative/usr/share/man Contains reference information for the TNS C compiler (G-series RVUs only). Independent products can either create additional directory structures for reference pages or add their reference page files to one of these sets. If the man command does not display a reference page for a recently installed product, contact your site administrator for the pathname of its reference page directory structure.
mkcatdefs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME mkcatdefs - Preprocesses a message source file SYNOPSIS mkcatdefs catname source_file ... [-h] FLAGS -h Suppresses the generation of a _msg.h file. This flag must be the last argument to the mkcatdefs command.
User Commands (m - o) 2. mkcatdefs(1) Assume that the preceding file is named symb.src. It can be processed with mkcatdefs as follows: $ mkcatdefs symb symb.src >symb.msg The following source is created: $quote "Use a double quotation mark to delimit message text $delset 1 $set 1 1 "Symbolic identifiers can contain only letters \ and digits and the _ (underscore character)\n" 5 "You can mix symbolic identifiers and numbers \n" $quote 6 Remember to include the "_msg.
mkcatdefs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The following message is displayed if any of the input files cannot be opened: mkcatdefs: Cannot open \%s\n mkcatdefs: catname contains invalid character\n Usage: mkcatdefs SymbolName SourceFile[...SourceFile] [-h]\n The following messages pertain to the .
User Commands (m - o) mkdir(1) NAME mkdir - Makes a directory SYNOPSIS mkdir [-m mode] [-p] directory ... The mkdir command creates new directories with read, write, and execute permissions based upon the permissions established by the umask setting. FLAGS -m mode Sets the file permissions to mode, after creating the specified directory. The mode argument can be either an absolute mode string or a symbolic mode string as defined for chmod.
mkdir(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 3. To set file permissions for new directory test in symbolic mode, enter: mkdir -m+rw test NOTES To make a new directory, you must have write permission in the parent directory. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: chmod(1), rm(1), rmdir(1), setacl(1), sh(1). | Functions: mkdir(2). Miscellaneous topics: acl(5).
User Commands (m - o) mkfifo(1) NAME mkfifo - Makes FIFO special files SYNOPSIS mkfifo [-m mode] file ... The mkfifo utility creates FIFO special files in the order specified. FLAGS -m mode Sets the file permission bits of the new file to the specified mode value, after creating the FIFO special file. The mode argument is a symbolic mode string (see chmod), in which the operator characters + (plus sign) and - (minus) are interpreted relative to the default file mode for that file type.
more(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME more - Displays a file one screenful at a time SYNOPSIS Current syntax more [-cdeiNsuvz] [-n number] [-p command] [-t tagstring] [-W option] [-x tabs] [-number] [file ...] Obsolescent syntax more [-cdeiNsuvz] [-number] [+command] [-t tagstring] [-W option] [-x tabs] [-number] [file ...] The more command invokes a filter that allows examination of continuous text, one screenful at a time, on a soft-copy terminal.
User Commands (m - o) more(1) -t tagstring Writes the screenful of the file containing the tag named by the tagstring argument. The specified tag appears in the current position. If both -p and -t are specified, more processes -t first. (The tagstring argument specifies a file created with the ctags utility. OSS does not support the ctags utility, but more does support ctags files that have been copied to the OSS environment from another system.
more(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual string you set the MORE environment variable to must begin with a - (dash). If more is reading from a file, rather than a pipe, then a percentage is displayed along with the filename. This gives the fraction of the file (in characters, not lines) that was displayed so far. If the standard output is not a terminal, then more processes like cat. The compact viewing format produced by the -s flag can also be used in this case.
User Commands (m - o) more(1) if i Moves forward i lines, with a default of one screenful. At End-of-File, more continues with the next file in the list, or exits if the current file is the last file in the list. ib i Moves backward i lines, with a default of one screenful (see the -n flag). If i is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is written. q, Q ZZ Exits from more.
more(1) iN OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Repeats the search in the opposite direction of the previous search for the ith line (default 1) containing the last expression (or not containing the last expression, if the previous search was /! or ?!). ’ (single quotes) Returns to the position from which the last large movement subcommand was executed ("large movement" is defined as any movement of more than a screenful of lines).
User Commands (m - o) more(1) EXAMPLES 1. To examine each file starting with its last screenful, enter: more -p G file1 file2 2. To examine each file starting with line 100 in the current position (usually the third line, so line 98 would be the first line written), enter: more -p 100 file1 file2 3. To examine each file starting with the first line containing the string 100 in the current position, enter: more -p /100 file1 file2 RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cat(1), grep(1), man(1), sh(1).
mv(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME mv - Moves files and directories SYNOPSIS mv [-i | f] file1 file2 mv [-i | f] file1 ... directory mv [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] [-i | f] directory1 ... destination_directory The mv command moves files from one directory to another or renames files and directories. FLAGS -f Overrides the -i flag and any mode restrictions. If both -f and -i are specified (for example, because an alias includes one of them) whichever appears last overrides the other.
User Commands (m - o) mv(1) 2. The mv command reads one line from the standard input. | 3. If the response is the first letter of the word yes in the language of the current locale, the | operation occurs. Otherwise, the operation does not occur, and the command proceeds to | the next source file, if any. If a mv operation fails, mv generally writes a diagnostic message to standard error, does nothing more with the current source file, and goes on to process any remaining source files.
mv(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NOE Omit the /E directory. NOG Omit the /G directory. NOG:NOE Omit both the /G and /E directories. The effect of assigning a value to UTILSGE environment variable is the same as specifying the -W NOG or -W NOE flag in the command. EXAMPLES 1. To rename a file, enter: mv file1 file2 This renames file1 to file2. If a file named file2 already exists, its old contents are replaced with those of file1. 2.
User Commands (m - o) mv(1) NOTES If the source is on a different file system than the distination, mv must copy the source to the destination’s file system and then delete the source. In this case, the user ID becomes that of the current user, but the mode and times are not changed.
nawk(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME nawk - Manipulates text and matches patterns in files SYNOPSIS nawk -f program [-Fcharacter] [file ...] nawk [-Fcharacter] statement ... [file ...] FLAGS -Fcharacter Uses character as the field separator character (a space by default). -f program Searches for the patterns and performs the actions found in the file program. DESCRIPTION The nawk command provides a flexible text-manipulation language suitable for simple report generation.
User Commands (m - o) nawk(1) Pattern-Action Statements Pattern-action statements follow the form: pattern {action} If a pattern lacks a corresponding action, nawk writes the entire line that contains the pattern to standard output. If an action lacks a corresponding pattern, nawk applies the action to every line. Actions An action is a sequence of statements that follow C language syntax.
nawk(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Variables Variables can be scalars, array elements (denoted x[i]), or fields. Variable names can consist of uppercase and lowercase alphabetic letters, the underscore character, the digits (0 to 9), and extended characters. Variable names cannot begin with a digit. Variables are initialized to the null string. Array subscripts can be any string; they do not have to be numeric. This approach allows for a form of associative memory.
User Commands (m - o) nawk(1) close(argument) Closes the file or pipe expression. Note that you must enclose a filename in double quotes when redirecting output with the nawk command; otherwise, it is treated as a nawk variable. For example: print "Hello" > "/tmp/junk" close ("/tmp/junk") exp(number) Takes the exponential of its argument. rand Returns a random number on (0, 1). srand(number) Sets seed for rand. The default is the time of day. log(number) Takes the base e logarithm of its argument.
nawk(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual from command. In all cases, getline returns 1 for a successful input, 0 (zero) for End-of-File, and -1 for an error. Patterns Patterns are arbitrary Boolean combinations of patterns and relational expressions (the !, |, and & operators and parentheses for grouping). You must start and end regular expressions with slashes.
User Commands (m - o) nawk(1) There are no explicit conversions between numbers and strings. To force an expression to be treated as a number, add 0 (zero) to it. To force it to be treated as a string, append a null string (""). EXAMPLES 1. To display the lines of a file longer than 72 bytes, enter: nawk ’length >72’ chapter1 This command selects each line of the file chapter1 that is longer than 72 bytes. nawk then writes these lines to standard output because no action is specified. 2.
newgrp(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME newgrp - Changes the shell process to a new group SYNOPSIS newgrp [-] [group] FLAGS - Changes the login environment as well as the primary group identification. DESCRIPTION The newgrp command changes the primary group identification of the current shell process to group. Both the user’s real group ID and effective group ID are changed. Any active usergenerated shell is terminated.
User Commands (m - o) nice(1) NAME nice - Runs a command at a different priority SYNOPSIS nice [-n priority ] command [argument ... ] FLAGS -n priority Specifies how the system scheduling priority of the executed utility is to be adjusted. The priority argument is a positive or negative decimal integer that changes the nice value used when determining scheduling priority. Positive priority values cause a lower or unchanged system scheduling priority.
nice(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 127 The specified command could not be found. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: nohup(1), sh(1). Functions: nice(2). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification with extensions.
User Commands (m - o) nl(1) NAME nl - Numbers lines in a file SYNOPSIS nl [-b type ] [-d delimiter1[delimiter2 ] ] [-f type ] [-h type ] [-i number ] [-l number ] [-n format ] [-p ] [-s [separator ] ] [-v number ] [-w number ] [file ] FLAGS Use the following flags to change the default settings. If a particular flag is not specified, nl uses its default value. -b type Specifies which logical page body section lines to number.
nl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -n format Specifies format as the line-numbering format. Recognized formats are: -p ln Left justified, leading zeros are suppressed rn Right justified, leading zeros are suppressed (the default value) rz Right justified, leading zeros are kept Ignores logical page delimiters (does not restart numbering). -s[separator ] Separates text from line numbers with the separator string. The default value of separator is a tab character.
User Commands (m - o) 2. nl(1) To number all lines in chap1, enter: nl -b a chap1 This command numbers all the lines in the body sections, including blank lines. This form of the nl command is adequate for most uses. 3. To number the lines in chap1 and specify a different line-number format, enter: nl -i 10 -n rz -s :: -v 10 -w 4 chap1 This command numbers the lines of chap1, starting with 10 (-v 10) and incrementing by 10 (-i 10).
nld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME nld - Creates a non-PIC executable object file (loadfile) from one or more relinkable non-PIC object files (linkfiles) SYNOPSIS nld [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ -allow_duplicate_procs ] -allow_missing_libs ] -allow_multiple_mains ] -ansistreams ] -bdynamic ] -bstatic ] -change attribute-name attribute-value filename ] -e name ] -elf_check filename ] -export symbol_name ] -import symbol_name { filename | =srlname } ] { -
User Commands (m - o) nld(1) -allow_multiple_mains Tells nld that it is not to issue an error message if more than one procedure has the MAIN attribute. All main procedures are included in the output file. Only the first procedure having the MAIN attribute is listed as the main entry point in the file header. -ansistreams Specifies that C run-time library functions create files of type 180 (C binary) instead of type 101 (EDIT).
nld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -export symbol_name Specifies that the named symbol is exported by the SRL being created. -import symbol_name { filename | =srlname } Tells nld to import the named unresolved symbol from the SRL specified by either its filename or its SRL name. Searches for the symbol within the SRL are governed by the specification for the -libvol flag, using the rules for -lib flags. This flag cannot be specified when the -r flag is specified.
User Commands (m - o) nld(1) -nostdlib Prevents nld from searching the standard library locations for SRLs and archive files. -noverbose Prevents nld from writing warning and informational messages to its output listing. The -verbose flag directs nld to write warning and informational messages to its output listing. The default value is -noverbose. -o filename Specifies the filename of the output object file. filename can be the same as the input file name.
nld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • HEAP_MAX, MAINSTACK_MAX, PFS[SIZE], [PROCESS_]SUBTYPE, and SPACE_GUARANTEE are numbers. • FLOAT_LIB_OVERRULE, HIGHPIN, HIGHREQUESTER[S] | HIGHREQUESTOR[S], INSPECT, RUNNAMED, and SAVEABEND are either ON or OFF. • LIBNAME is the Guardian filename of a library file, specified as described for the -libname flag. • SYSTYPE is either OSS or GUARDIAN. The default values of run-time attributes are as follows: • FLOAT_LIB_OVERRULE is OFF.
User Commands (m - o) -ul nld(1) Creates a native user library. Specify this flag when linking modules to create a native user library. When the -ul flag is specified, all functions are exported unless the -export option is also used. -verbose Directs nld to write warning and informational messages to its output listing. The default value is -noverbose. -x Removes symbol information used for symbolic debugging from the output file. This action often decreases the size of an object file.
nld(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • The /usr/lib directory • The /usr/local/lib directory The value of the COMP_ROOT environment variable is added to the beginning of /lib, /usr/lib, and /usr/local/lib. By default, the value of COMP_ROOT is null in the OSS environment. For More Information nld is not an interactive tool like Binder. For more information on using nld and details on mapping Binder commands to nld commands, refer to the nld and noft Manual. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (m - o) nld(1) RELATED INFORMATION Commands: c89(1), nmcobol(1), eld(1), enoft(1), ld(1), noft(1). Files: float(4). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The nld command is an HP extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification and performs functions comparable to the UNIX ld command.
nm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME nm - Displays the name list of a linkfile, loadfile, or other object file SYNOPSIS nm [-A] [-e | -g | -u] [-f] [-o] [-P] [-t format] [-v] [-x] [file] ... FLAGS You can specify the following flags in any combination, but some flags will override others. -A Writes the full pathname or library name of a named object on each line. -e Displays only external (global) definitions and static symbol information.
User Commands (m - o) nm(1) Operands The file operand can be a single linkfile, loadfile, object file, an executable file, or an archive library. If you do not specify a file operand, the symbols in the a.out file are listed by default. An input file must have a format that is the same as those produced by the Binder, ld, eld, nld, or ar utility to be used for linking. Environment Variables This utility supports the use of the LANG, LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LC_MESSAGES, and NLSPATH environment variables.
nm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • I Init section (TNS/R only) K HP NonStop Kernel gateway (TNS/R only) k HP user gateway (TNS/R only) N Nil storage class (TNS/R only) P Procedure section R External read-only data (TNS/R) or Global read-only data (TNS/E) r Local read-only data S External small zeroed data (TNS/R) or Global small zeroed data (TNS/E) s Local small zeroed data T Global text symbol t Local text symbol U Undefined symbol V External small undefined symbol
User Commands (m - o) nm(1) following symbols before the lines containing those symbols. If the file operand does not name a library, the format of the line is: "%s: ", file If the corresponding file operand names a library, the format of the line is: "%s[%s]:\n", file, object-file EXAMPLES 1. To list the external global symbols of the linkfile a.out, enter: nm -g a.out 2. To display symbol sizes and values as hexadecimal values and then sort the symbols by value, enter: nm -xv a.out 3.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME nmcobol - Compiles TNS/R native COBOL85 programs SYNOPSIS nmcobol [-c | -Wnolink ] [-g ] [-L directory ] ... [-l library ] ...
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) [-Wsqlmx[="arg[,... ]" ] [-Wsqlmxadd="args" ] [-W[no]suppress ] [-Wsyntax ] [-Wsystype={guardian | oss} ] [-Wtimestamp=value ] [-Wu="symbol_name" ] [-Wv ] [-Wverbose ] [-Ww ] [-Wx ] operand ... FLAGS -c | -Wnolink Performs compilation of the specified source files but suppresses the linking phase. This flag does not delete any object files that are produced. For source files of the form file.cbl, creates object files with names of the form file.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -O [ optlevel ] Specifies the optimization level to be used for the program file using one of the following values: 0 Specifies an OPTIMIZE 0 NMCOBOL compiler directive 1 Specifies an OPTIMIZE 1 NMCOBOL compiler directive 2 or no optlevel value Specifies an OPTIMIZE 2 NMCOBOL compiler directive If a -O flag is not specified, an OPTIMIZE 1 NMCOBOL compiler directive is specified. -o outfile Uses the pathname outfile instead of the default pathname a.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) -WBdynamic Specifies that the linker utility should use dynamic linking when searching for libraries specified in subsequent operands of the form -l library. Dynamic linking is in effect until a -WBstatic flag is specified. -WBdynamic is the default setting. Refer to the Differences Between Dynamic and Static Linking subsection for details.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -Wdryrun Verifies the syntax and semantics of the flags and operands that were specified and enables the -Wv flag. No compilation system components are run. -Werrors=n Stops compiling when n errors have been encountered. -Wheap=n[b | w | p ] Specifies the value that the linker should use for the HEAP_MAX attribute of the output file. n can be any positive value that gives a size valid for the NonStop server node on which the file is used.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) These flags can be specified as many times as needed in the command stream. Providing either flag overrides the current setting, so that the linker actions can be controlled on a library-by-library basis. The default setting is -Wnoinclude_whole. -W[no]innerlist Enables [disables] the generation of instruction code mnemonics in the compiler listing immediately following each corresponding statement. This flag works only if the -Wnosuppress flag is specified.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -WmoduleSchema="schema_spec" Specifies a NonStop SQL/MX module schema name. The specified string is used only if the input file does not contain an SQL/MX module directive or its module directive does not specify a schema name. The string cannot contain more than 128 characters. This flag is valid only for preprocessor release 2.0 and newer.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) -Wmxcmp_querydefault="attr_name=attr_value[,...]" Specifies attribute settings (CONTROL QUERY DEFAULT settings) to pass to the NonStop SQL/MX compiler. These attribute settings override any corresponding entries in the SYSTEM_DEFAULTS table. -Wnld="args" Passes to the nld utility the directives in the argument string enclosed in quotation marks. If you repeat this flag, arguments are passed to the nld utility in the order specified.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -Wrunnamed Directs the linker to set the RUNNAMED ON attribute in the current object file. This attribute specifies that the object file runs as a named process. The default is RUNNAMED OFF. -W[no]saveabend Specifies that a saveabend file is [not] created if the program terminates abnormally. The default is -Wnosaveabend. -Wsavetemps Saves all temporary and intermediate files created by compilation system components.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) preprocess_only Directs the preprocessor to suppress all steps after preprocessing. This option is valid only for preprocessor release 2.0 and newer. refrain_r2 Directs the SQL/MX preprocessor to use only the rules and features that apply to preprocessors prior to release 2.0. The default action is to use only the rules and features that apply to preprocessors beginning with release 2.0. This option is valid only for preprocessor release 2.0 and newer.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -Wx Strips part of the symbol table from the output object file, but keeps information necessary for the object file to be used as input to the linker utility. This flag is typically used with the -Wr flag. Do not include a space before or after the = (equal sign). Quotation marks around string values in flags are optional but recommended to avoid errors caused by shell substitutions or deletions.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) automatically includes zclisrl. Object files created are not deleted after successful generation of the executable program file. The executable file is created according to OSS file creation rules, except that the file permissions are set to S_IRWXO | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXU and the bits specified by the umask value of the process are cleared. HP Extensions The -W flags are specific to HP for supporting the HP compilation environment.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • A library of object files produced by the nld utility or the ld utility • An executable file produced by the nld utility or the ld utility When -Wsqlmx is specified, nmcobol uses the source file extension to determine whether a file requires preprocessing and the names of the source files created by the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) MXSQLCO Determines the pathname of the NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor, mxsqlco. /usr/tandem/sqlmx/bin/mxsqlco is the default. NLD Determines the pathname of the nld utility invoked by nmcobol. /usr/bin/nld is the default location for the OSS environment. SQLCOMP Determines the pathname of the NonStop SQL/MP compiler invoked by nmcobol. By default, the program sqlcomp in the directory /G/system/system is used.
nmcobol(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If you want the libraries to be searched in a specific order or you want linking options to be processed in a specific order, you should invoke the linker using the ld or nld command from the OSS shell and not use nmcobol to do the linking. Differences Between Static and Dynamic Linking The -WBdllsonly and -WBdynamic operands specify dynamic linking. The -WBstatic operand specifies static linking.
User Commands (m - o) 2. nmcobol(1) The command nmcobol -c test1.cbl compiles the source file test1.cbl into an object file test1.o. 3. The command nmcobol -g -o test2 x.cbl y.cbl z.cbl compiles source files x.cbl, y.cbl, and z.cbl and links the object files into a program file test2. Symbolic information is generated by the compiler and retained by the linker utility for debugging. 4. The command nmcobol -o xyz -Wsql x.o y.o z.o links the object files x.o, y.o, and z.o into a program file xyz.
nmcobol(1) 7. OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The command nmcobol -Wsqlmx -Wmxcmp -o sqlprog.exe sqlprog.ecbl sqlprog.m when using the release 1 module management method, processes the single COBOL module named sqlprog.ecbl containing embedded NonStop SQL/MX statements as follows: 8. a. The NonStop SQL/MX preprocessor is invoked to process the source file. The preprocessor creates the files sqlprog.cbl and sqlprog.m. The file sqlprog.cbl is the COBOL-only equivalent of sqlprog.
User Commands (m - o) nmcobol(1) EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned: 0 Successful completion. >0 An error occurred. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ar(1), c89(1), cobol(1), ecobol(1), ld(1), nld(1), strip(1). Functions: tempnam(3). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The nmcobol utility is an HP extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME noft - Reads and displays information from TNS/R native object files SYNOPSIS noft [ -CD pathname ] [ -COMMENT [text ] ] [ - [ DUMPADDRESS | DA ] address-spec ] [ { -DUMPOFFSET | -DO } address-spec ] [ { -DUMPPROC | -DP } { proc-spec | proc-num } [ address-spec ] ] [ -DYNSTR2 ] [ -ENV ] [ { -FILE | -F } filename ] [ -HELP [ ALL | flag | help-topic ] ] [ -LAYOUT ] [ -LIBLIST ] [ { -LISTATTRIBUTE | -LA } ] [ { -LISTCOMPILERS | -LC } [ { BRIEF B } | { D
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) FLAGS -CD pathname Changes the current working directory noft uses to search for relative pathnames to the specified pathname. -COMMENT [ text ] Allows comments in noft command files. Comments are not displayed in output. -[{DUMPADDRESS | DA } ] address-spec Displays code and data from a virtual address inside an object file’s memory space.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual {-DUMPOFFSET | -DO } address-spec Displays code and data from a physical offset within an object file. address-spec is identical to that of the -DUMPADDRESS flag, except that the addresses are physical offsets within the file instead of virtual addresses. {-DUMPPROC | -DP } { proc-spec | proc-num } [ address-spec ] Displays the contents of a procedure or part of a procedure. proc-spec Specifies the procedure name.
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) flag Displays information about the specified flag, including syntax.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual {-LISTPROC | -LP } { proc-spec | proc-num | * } [ { SUBPROC | SP } | { NOSUBPROC | NSP } ] [ { BRIEF | B } | { DETAIL | D } ] Lists procedures and their subprocedures. proc-spec Specifies the procedure name. Procedure names are case sensitive in C and C++ but not in pTAL. proc-spec is one of the following: proc-name Limits the scope to the specified procedure and subprocedures.
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) {-LISTSOURCE | -LS } source-spec [ { BRIEF | B } | { DETAIL | D } ] Lists the source files in the object file. If only one procedure is dumped, then the -LISTSOURCE flag dumps the entry for the source file containing the procedure. source-spec Has one of the following forms: source-name Specifies the name of the procedure for which you want information. source-number Specifies the number of the procedure for which you want information.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual {-LISTUNREFERENCED | -LUR } { { PROC | P } | { DATA | D } | * } [ { BRIEF | B } | { DETAIL | D } ] Lists the undefined and unreferenced symbols in an object file. These symbols must be linked before the object file can be executed. PROC | P Displays unresolved procedures. DATA | D Displays unresolved data items. * Displays all unresolved items.
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) OFF Closes the current log file and stops all logging. ? Displays the name of the current log file. If the -SET LOG flag is used on an OSS shell command line, the flag specification must be enclosed in quotation marks when the ? specifier is used. -OBEY filename Directs noft to read command lines from the file specified in filename. -[ SET ] OUT { filename | OFF | ? } Directs the input and output listings to a specified file. filename Specifies the name of the file.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual object file is written in C or C++, the default value is case sensitivity. If the first procedure is written in pTAL, the default is no case sensitivity. ON Turns on case sensitivity in the noft environment. OFF Turns off case sensitivity in the noft environment. If turned off, some files and procedures written in C and C++ are unavailable. ? Returns the current case-sensitivity setting.
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) buffer are not retrievable. ? Returns the current history buffer size. If the -SET HISTORYBUFFER flag is used on an OSS shell command line, the flag specification must be enclosed in quotation marks when the ? specifier is used. The HISTORYBUFFER setting is only meaningful when noft is used interactively. {HISTORYWINDOW | -SHW } [ number | ? ] Specifies the number of command lines displayed with the HISTORY subcommand. The default value is 10 command lines.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual OFF Turns off redirection to a file and reverts to the original output file. ? Displays the name of the current log file. If the -SET OUT flag is used on an OSS shell command line, the flag specification must be enclosed in quotation marks when the ? specifier is used. { SCOPEPROC | -SSP } { proc-spec | proc-num | * | ? } Narrows the scope to a single procedure or subprocedure.
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) ? Returns the current procedure in scope. If the -SET SCOPEPROC flag is used on an OSS shell command line, the flag specification must be enclosed in quotation marks when the ? specifier is used. { SCOPESOURCE | -SSS } { filename | file-number | * | ? } Narrows the scope to a single source file, which is helpful when trying to find unique items within a source file, as well as limiting the output to a range within the designated scope.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual {-XREFPROC | -XP } { proc-spec | proc-num | * } [ CALLEDBY | CALLS | BOTH ] [ { BRIEF | B } | { DETAIL | D } ] Displays a cross-reference listing of procedures. proc-spec Specifies the procedure name. Procedure names are case-sensitive in C and C++ but not in pTAL. proc-spec is one of the following: proc-name Limits the scope to the specified procedure and subprocedures.
User Commands (m - o) noft(1) object-filename Specifies the target object file. DESCRIPTION The noft utility reads and displays information from TNS/R native object files. noft enables you to: • Determine the optimization level of procedures in a file. • Display object code with corresponding source code. • List SRL references in an object file. • List object file attributes. These noft capabilities are useful when developing and debugging programs.
noft(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXIT | E Stops the noft process. FC [ history-number | -history-offset | text ] Allows you to edit or repeat a previously executed subcommand line. history-number Specifies the number of a previously entered subcommand line. The default value is the previously entered subcommand line. -history-offset Specifies a negative offset from the current subcommand line. The flag entered before the FC subcommand is -1. text Is a string of characters.
User Commands (m - o) 6. noft(1) To look at procedure numbers: noft -F sample.o "-LP *" 7. To see the instructions for a procedure: noft -FILE sample.o -DUMPPROC procedure-name IN ICODE or noft -F sample.o -DP procedure-name IN IC 8. To look at a particular 20 words referenced by one of those instructions in octal: noft -FILE sample.o -DUMPADDRESS 0x00000390 FOR 20 WORDS IN OCTAL or noft -F sample.o -0x00000390 FOR 20 IN O 9.
nohup(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME nohup - Runs a utility ignoring hangups SYNOPSIS nohup utility [argument ...] DESCRIPTION The nohup command runs utility with arguments supplied as argument values, ignoring all hangup signals. You can use this command to run programs in the background after logging out of the system. To run a nohup command in the background, add an & (ampersand) to the end of the command. When utility is invoked, the SIGHUP signal is ignored.
User Commands (m - o) 3. nohup(1) To run more than one utility, use a shell script. For example, if you include the following in a shell script: comm -23 fi4 fi5 | comm -23 - fi6 | join -a1 - fi7 > comm.out and rename it ncomm, you can run nohup for all of the utilities in ncomm by entering: nohup sh ncomm If you assign ncomm Execute permission, you can obtain the same results by issuing the command: nohup ncomm To run this command in the background, enter: nohup ncomm & FILES nohup.
od(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME od - Writes the contents of a file to the standard output file SYNOPSIS od [-v] [-A address_base] [-j skip] [-N count] [-t type_string...] [file ...] od [-abBcCdDefFhHiIlLoOpPvxX] [-A address_base] [-j skip] [-N count] [-t type_string...] [-s][number] [-w][number] [file ...] [+] [offset] [.][b | B] [label][.][b | B] FLAGS Format characters are as follows: -a Displays bytes as characters and displays them with their ASCII names.
User Commands (m - o) od(1) \t Tab \v Vertical tab Other nongraphic characters appear as 3-digit octal numbers. Bytes with the parity bit set are displayed in octal. -C Displays any extended characters as standard printable ASCII characters using the appropriate character escape string. -d Displays short words as unsigned decimal values. This flag is equivalent to -t u2. -D Displays long words as unsigned decimal values. -e Displays long words as double-precision, floating-point. (Same as -F.
od(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -t type_string... Specifies one or more output types. The type_string argument is a string that specifies the types to be used when writing the input data.
User Commands (m - o) od(1) An uppercase format character implies the long or double-precision form of the object. You can specify multiple types by using multiple -bcdostx flags. Output lines are written for each type specified in the order in which the types are specified. DESCRIPTION The od command reads file (standard input by default), and writes the information stored in file to standard output using the format specified by the first flag.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME osh - Runs a process in the OSS environment from the Guardian environment SYNOPSIS osh [ option ... ] [ redirection ... ] [ operands ] FLAGS Operands used with the osh command must follow osh option specifications. Redirection can appear anywhere on the command line. Options All filename and pathname arguments used with osh options must be specified using OSS pathname syntax.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) The default mode is the DEFINE mode in effect for osh. Refer to the TACL Reference Manual for additional information about Guardian DEFINEs. -extswap pathname Specifies a Guardian swap file or swap volume for the extended data segment of the child process. This option is no longer used but is retained for compatability with older versions of the command. The pathname must be specified in OSS pathname syntax.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The default value is -jobid -1. -lib pathname Specifies the OSS pathname of a user library file in the Guardian file system to be used by the child process; the program file for the child process is modified to point to the specified library. Use of this option requires write access to the program file for the child process. The library file must be in the Guardian file system on the same HP node as the program file for the child process.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) the Guardian environment. If only -name /G is specified, the operating system creates a unique four-character process name. The default action is to use the process name attribute for the program file of the child process. +name Starts the child process as an unnamed process. This specification is ignored if the Guardian RUNNAMED process attribute is set in the program file for the child process.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual error file; otherwise, OSSTTY uses the HOMETERM associated with the osh process. -p pathname Runs the program specified by pathname as a child process. This option is an alternate syntax for the -prog option followed by the -- option (described later in this reference page). For example, osh -p pathname operands is equivalent to specifying osh -prog pathname -- operands. No other osh option can be specified after this option on the osh command line.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) terminal device names. -- Specifies that there are no more options on the osh command line. Any information following this option is either processed as redirection specifications or passed to the child process as operands. Redirection The osh command initially routes the input, output, and error file information of the child process to its own standard input, output, and error files. A change in routing is called redirection.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • Any files that are the target of POSIX.2 redirection must be capable of being opened by the OSS file system. See the open(2) reference page either online or in the Open System Services System Calls Reference Manual for the kinds of files accessible. • POSIX.2 redirection specifications can appear anywhere in the command line. The specifications (and redirection operators within them) are processed in the order they appear, from left to right.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) Duplicating Output [n]>&fd Duplicates output file descriptors. If the fd argument consists of one or more digits, the file descriptor n is made a copy of file descriptor fd. If fd is -, file descriptor n is closed. If n is not specified, the standard output file (file descriptor 1) is used. The order of redirections is significant.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DESCRIPTION The osh command executes an OSS program or shell script from the Guardian environment. osh is a Guardian process that spawns an OSS process within the same HP node. osh allows you to specify the environment and initial process attributes of the child process; it also allows redirection of data for the initially open files of the child process. EXAMPLES 1. Running the OSS /bin/sh file (a Korn shell) interactively: osh 2.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) 10.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 11. Passing text and multiple shell commands using a TACL macro as a substitute for a UNIX Here-document: ?TACL MACRO #FRAME == == First, create a Guardian file named msg == containing text. To do this, == add the TACL variable to be used, then == place character strings in it.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) 12. Using the output from an OSS command in the TACL variable VAR1: #SET #INFORMAT TACL OBEY GNMTOVAR #PUSH VAR1 GNAMETOVAR /usr/donl/printcap VAR1 OUTVAR VAR1 \BOSTON.$XPG.ZYQ00000.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual #POP cmds tmpfile1 tmpfile2 ] 13. Redirecting the standard output file from an OSS shell session to the $VHS virtual home terminal subsystem for later postprocessing: OSH / OUT $VHS / -osstty FILES /bin/sh Contains the default OSS shell to be executed. NOTES Many of the osh command options correspond to the options of the TACL RUN or RUND command that are usually called RUN options in the Guardian environment.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) PARAMs HOME If this parameter is defined, osh passes the value to the child process as its OSS environment variable HOME. If the Guardian HOME PARAM is not defined, then osh sets the OSS environment variable HOME according to the rules indicated under Process Environment later in this reference page. LOGNAME If this parameter is defined, osh passes the value to the child process as its OSS environment variable LOGNAME.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Process Environment The child process is a session leader and its OSS parent process ID is set to 1. Its Guardian mom, or its Guardian ancestor if it is a named process, is the osh process that created it. osh child processes have an initial signal mask in which all signals are defaulted. The value of the OSS environment variable HOME passed to the child process is the first applicable value from the following list: 1.
User Commands (m - o) osh[2]: osh(1) invalid I/O redirection syntax The command line contains an unrecognized redirection specification. Check for typographical errors and reenter a corrected command line. osh[3]: here-documents are not supported Your input included a UNIX here-document. osh does not support heredocuments. Copy the here-document into a file and use the file as input. Or use osh to start an interactive OSS shell and reissue your here document as part of the appropriate shell command.
osh(1) osh[10]: OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual file pathname is not OSS-openable The file identified by pathname cannot be opened by an OSS environment open() function call.
User Commands (m - o) osh[13]: osh(1) Unable to read from filename, error n: strerror(n) The osh command detected an error while trying to read the indicated file. The Guardian file-system error n was returned. The meaning of that error number as returned by the strerror() function is displayed. Refer to the Guardian Procedure Errors and Messages Manual for an explanation of the error and possible error-specific recovery actions.
osh(1) osh[19]: OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual unable to send msgtype message, error n: strerror(n) The osh process could not send a Guardian-environment startup, ASSIGN, or PARAM message to its child process. The Guardian file-system error n was returned. The meaning of that error number as returned by the strerror() function is displayed. Refer to the Guardian Procedure Errors and Messages Manual for an explanation of the error and suggested error-specific recovery actions.
User Commands (m - o) osh(1) • The Guardian file or process exists • The Guardian file is not corrupted • The Guardian file has the correct access permissions to be used in this command • The Guardian file is not opened by another process Check event logs for any OSSTTY Event Management Service (EMS) messages. 4 The value of explanation is: WARNING: OSSTTY terminated... OSS application running. The value returned as b is the completion code of the OSSTTY process. No value is returned for c.
osh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: gtacl(1). Functions: getlogin(2), open(2), tdm_execve(2), tdm_execvep(2), strerror(3), system(3). Files: core(4), errno(5). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The osh command as a mechanism for starting a shell is an HP extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
Section 7. User Commands (p - r) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters p through r.
pack(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME pack - Compresses files SYNOPSIS pack [-f] [-] file ... FLAGS - Displays statistics about the input files. The statistics are calculated from a Huffman minimum redundancy code tree built on a byte-by-byte basis. Repeating the - (dash) on the command line toggles this function. -f Forces compaction of input files. DESCRIPTION The pack command stores the specified file in a compressed form.
User Commands (p - r) pack(1) Environment Variables This command supports the use of the LANG, LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, LC_MESSAGES, and NLSPATH environment variables. EXAMPLES 1. To compress files, enter: pack chap1 chap2 This command compresses the files chap1 and chap2, replacing them with files named chap1.z and chap2.z. The pack command displays the percent decrease in size for each file. 2.
paste(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME paste - Joins lines from one or more files SYNOPSIS paste [-d list] [-s] file ... The paste command reads input files, joins corresponding lines, and writes the result to standard output. It also reads standard input if you specify a - (dash) instead of a filename. FLAGS -d list Replaces the delimiter that separates lines in the output (tab by default) with one or more characters from list.
User Commands (p - r) paste(1) EXAMPLES 1. To paste several columns of data together, enter: paste names places dates > npd This creates a file named npd that contains the data from names in one column, places in another, and dates in a third. The columns are separated by tab characters.
paste(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cut(1), grep(1), pr(1). Files: locale(4).
User Commands (p - r) patch(1) NAME patch - Applies changes to files SYNOPSIS patch [-bflNRsSv ] [-c | -n ] [-B prefix ] [-d directory ] [-D define ] [-i patchfile ] [-o outfile ] [-p [number ] ] [-r rejectfile ] [original_file ] [ [+ flags ] [ original_file ] . . . ] FLAGS -b Saves a copy of the original contents of each modified file, before the differences are applied, in a file of the same name with the suffix .orig appended.
patch(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If number is omitted or 0, then the pathname is not modified. If the -p flag is omitted, all slashes and directory names preceding the filename are stripped. For example, if the filename in the patch file was /u/howard/src/blurfl/blurfl.c, entering -p or -p0 leaves the entire pathname unmodified. Entering -p1 results in u/howard/src/blurfl/blurfl.c without the leading slash. Entering -p4 results in blurfl/blurfl.c.
User Commands (p - r) patch(1) The patch command attempts to determine the type of the diff script, unless it is overruled by a -c or -n flag, which specify context diffs and normal diffs, respectively. The patch file must contain zero or more lines of header information followed by one or more patches. Each patch must contain zero or more lines of filename identification in the format produced by diff -c, and one or more sets of diff output, which are customarily called "hunks.
patch(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • Make sure you specify the filenames correctly, either in a context diff header or with an Index: line. If you are patching something in a subdirectory, be sure to tell the patch user to specify a -p flag as needed. • You can create a file by using a diff script that compares a null file to the file you want to create. This works only if the file you want to create does not already exist in the target directory.
User Commands (p - r) pathchk(1) NAME pathchk - Checks pathnames SYNOPSIS pathchk [-p] pathname ... The pathchk command checks that one or more pathnames are valid (that is, they can be used to access or create a file without causing syntax errors) and portable (that is, no filename truncation will result). FLAGS -p Performs pathname checks based on POSIX portability standards.
pax(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME pax - Extracts (reads), writes, and lists archive files, and copies files and directory hierarchies SYNOPSIS List Members of Archived Files pax [-cdnv] [-f archive] [-s replstr] [-W options] [pattern ...] [pattern ...] Read (Extract) Archived Files pax -r [-cdiknuv ] [-f archive ] [-p string ] ... [ -s replstr ] ... [-W options ] [ pattern ... ] Write a File Archive pax -w [-aAdituvX ] [-b blocksize ] [-f archive ] [-L ] [ -s replstr ] ...
User Commands (p - r) pax(1) for archives. Refer to the NOTES subsection of this reference page for considerations when using unlabeled tapes. If the -a option is also specified, and the archive file is written to a disk volume, files are appended to the end of the archive. -i Renames files or archives interactively. For each archive member that matches the pattern operand or file operand, a prompt is written to the terminal associated with the pax process.
pax(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual standard error file. Failure to retain any of the items affects the exit value but does not cause the extracted file to be deleted. -r Reads an archive file from the standard input file. -s replstr Modifies file-member or archive-member names specified by the pattern or file operands according to the substitution expression replstr and using the syntax of the ed command.
User Commands (p - r) pax(1) Any attempt to append an archive file in a format that is different from the existing format causes pax to exit immediately with a nonzero exit value. -X Prevents pax from descending into directories that have a different device ID when traversing the file hierarchy specified by a pathname. HP Extensions -W clobber Allows the matching files from an archive to be restored to a Guardian target and to overwrite any existing Guardian target file with the same name.
pax(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual DESCRIPTION The pax utility reads and writes member files of archive files; writes lists of the member files of archives; and copies directory hierarchies. The -r and -w flags specify the archive operation performed by pax. The name of the archive file can be specified with the -f flag. The archive file can be a disk file or tape file on a mounted tape.
User Commands (p - r) pax(1) If intermediate directories are necessary to extract an archive member, pax creates the directories with access permissions set as the bitwise inclusive OR of the values of S_IRWXU, S_IRWXG, and S_IRWXO. Read Mode When the -r flag is specified but the -w flag is not, pax extracts the members of an archive file read from the standard input file, and with pathnames matching the pattern operand if one is specified.
pax(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual In write mode, the standard input file is used only if no file operand is specified. The standard input file must be a text file containing a list of pathnames, one per line, without leading or trailing blank characters. In list and read modes, the standard input file must be an archive file. In all other cases, the standard input file is not used. Standard Output In write mode, the archive is written to the standard output file if -f is not supplied.
User Commands (p - r) pax(1) • Generates an EMS event message to the local collector process • Waits indefinitely for the tape to be mounted If the -W wait and -W noprompt flags are not specified, pax exits with the following message: Device not ready, offline, or tape not mounted. if the tape has not already been properly mounted on the drive. pax remains in a wait state until an unlabeled tape has been mounted on the tape drive correctly. Use the Guardian utility MEDIACOM.
pax(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual LC_CTYPE Determines the locale for the interpretation of bytes of text data as characters (for example, single-byte as opposed to multibyte characters in arguments). LC_MESSAGES Determines the locale for the processing of affirmative responses that should be used to affect the format and contents of diagnostic messages written to the standard error file. LC_TIME Determines the format and contents of the date and time strings to be displayed.
User Commands (p - r) pax(1) pax -rvf paxfile -W NOG CAUTIONS Because of industry standards and interoperability goals, pax does not support the archival of files larger than 8 gigabytes. DIAGNOSTICS A diagnostic message is written to the standard error file and a nonzero exit value is returned (but processing continues) when pax cannot create a file or a link when reading an archive or when pax cannot preserve the user ID, group ID, or file mode bits when the -p flag is specified.
pax(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ( find xlog -print; find xlog.bsm -print ) | pax -wv -f /G/tape The above command causes all the files printed by both the find commands to be put on tape because the find commands are executed in a subshell. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cp(1), cpio(1), ed(1), pinstall(1), tar(1). Files: cpio(4), tar(4). Miscellaneous topics: acl(5).
User Commands (p - r) pinstall(1) NAME pinstall - Extracts files from a pax (ustar) format archive file and copies them to the OSS file system SYNOPSIS pinstall [-r] [-cdiknuv] [-f archive] [-p string] ... [-s replstr] ... [-W options] [pattern] ... FLAGS -c Matches all file or archive members except those specified by the pattern operand. -d Does not create intermediate directories unless they are specifically named in the archive file.
pinstall(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Multiple -p flags are allowed in one command. If an option in string duplicates or conflicts with another option in string, the option given last takes precedence. If neither the e nor the o option is specified in string, or if the user ID and group ID are not retained, the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits of the access permission are not set for the extracted archive members.
User Commands (p - r) pinstall(1) -W [wait | nowait] Specifies which of the following the pinstall command is to do if a tape is not mounted on the tape drive or the tape drive goes off line: • Issue a prompt and wait for a tape to be mounted • Exit immediately, without waiting The default action is -W wait. DESCRIPTION The pinstall command invokes a Guardian process that copies archived files such as OSS utilities to the OSS file system.
pinstall(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Standard Error Diagnostic messages are written to the standard error file. Tape messages are written to the process identified as HOMETERM in the Guardian environment. EXAMPLES To extract files from the archive tape that is currently mounted on the tape drive $TAPE and restore them to the same directory from which they were originally copied, enter: pinstall -r -f /G/tape NOTES pinstall uses unlabeled-tape processing.
User Commands (p - r) pname(1) NAME pname - Displays the OSS pathname of a Guardian file SYNOPSIS pname [-s] filename FLAGS -s Suppresses formatting and displays only the OSS pathname. DESCRIPTION The pname command displays the OSS filename for the Guardian file identified by filename.
pname(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: gname(1). Miscellaneous: filename(5). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (p - r) pr(1) NAME pr - Writes a file to standard output SYNOPSIS pr [-adfFmprt] [-e][character][number] [-h header] [-i][character][gap] [-l lines] [-n][character][width] | [-x][character][number] [-o offset] [-s][character] [-w width] [-column] [+page] [file ...] The pr command writes file to standard output. If you do not specify file or if file is -, pr reads standard input. FLAGS -a Displays multicolumn output across the page.
pr(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -p Pauses before beginning each page if the output is directed to a tty. (pr sounds the bell at the tty and waits for you to press .) -r Does not display diagnostic messages if the system cannot open files. -s[character] Separates columns by the single character instead of by the appropriate number of spaces (the default for character is an ASCII tab character). -t Does not display the 5-line identifying header and the 5-line footer.
User Commands (p - r) 5. pr(1) To modify a file for later use, enter: pr -t -e prog.c > prog.notab.c This replaces tab characters in prog.c with spaces and puts the result in prog.notab.c. Tab positions are at byte positions 9, 17, 25, 33, and so on. The -e tells pr to replace the tab characters; the -t suppresses the page headings. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cat(1).
print(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME print - The shell output mechanism SYNOPSIS print [-Rnprsu[n]] [argument ...] FLAGS -R Ignores escape conventions, which are the same as those followed by the echo command. Prints all subsequent arguments and options, other than -n. -n Does not add newlines to the output. -p Causes the arguments to be written onto the pipe of the process spawned with |& instead of onto the standard output.
User Commands (p - r) printf(1) NAME printf - Writes formatted output SYNOPSIS printf format [argument ...] DESCRIPTION The printf command converts, formats, and writes its arguments to the standard output. The values specified by the argument argument are formatted under the control of the format argument. The LC_NUMERIC environment variable affects the format of numbers written using the e, E, f, g, and G conversion characters.
printf(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Each conversion specification in the format argument has the following syntax: 1. A % (percent sign). 2. Zero or more options, which modify the meaning of the conversion specification. The option characters and their meaning are as follows: The result of the conversion is left aligned within the field. + The result of a signed conversion always begins with a + (plus) or - (minus).
User Commands (p - r) printf(1) The following backslash-escape sequences are supported: 527188-007 • \Oddd, where ddd is a zero-, one-, two-, or three-digit octal number that is converted to a byte with the numeric value specified by the octal number. • The escape sequences previously listed under the description of the format argument. These are converted to the individual characters they represent.
printf(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual leading character causes the field width value to be padded with leading zeros. An octal value for field width is not implied. s Accepts a value as a string, and bytes from the string are printed until the end of the string is encountered or the number of bytes indicated by the precision is reached. If no precision is specified, all characters up to the first null character are printed.
User Commands (p - r) ps(1) NAME ps - Displays process status SYNOPSIS ps [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ -aA ] [-defl ] -G grouplist ] -o format ] ... -p proclist ] -t termlist ] -U userlist ] -g grouplist ] -n namelist ] -u userlist ] or ps -W all [,node=system_name ] [,gpri=Gpriority ] [,prog=[/E/systemname]/G/volume/subvolume/fileid ] [,term=[/E/system_name]/G/terminal_process_name ] [,guser={ groupname.username | groupid.userid} ] [,detail ] ...
ps(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -A Writes information about all processes. -d Writes information about all processes, except the process group leaders, to the standard output file. -e Writes information about all processes to the standard output file. -f Generates a full listing that includes the fields C, CMD, PID, PPID, STIME, TIME, TTY, and UID. -G grouplist Writes information for processes whose real group ID numbers are given in the grouplist option.
User Commands (p - r) ps(1) -U userlist Writes information for processes whose real user ID numbers or login names are given in the userlist argument. The userlist argument is either a list of user IDs or a list of user IDs enclosed in " " (double quotes) and separated from one another by a comma or one or more spaces or both. Because of the way the shell treats spaces and tabs, you need to quote space-separated lists. HP Extensions The -W flag and its options are HP extensions to the ps command.
ps(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -W guser=group_name.user_name | group_id:user_id Displays information on processes created by the user specified by group_name.user_name or group_id:user_id. -W loaded pathname Displays the OSS process identifiers (PIDs) for all processes that have copies of the loadfile specified by pathname. -W name=[/E/system_name]/G/process_name Writes information about the process identified by the path /E/system_name/G/process_name.
User Commands (p - r) T Stopped process H Halted process ps(1) The second character, if any, indicates additional state information: W Process is swapped out (shows a blank space if the process is loaded, or in core). > Process has specified a soft limit on memory requirements and is exceeding that limit; such a process is (necessarily) not swapped. The third character, if any, indicates whether a process is running with altered processor scheduling priority: N Process priority is reduced.
ps(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Standard Output When the -o and -W flags are not specified, the standard output format is as follows: • The column headings and descriptions of the columns in a ps listing are described • The letters f and l indicate the flag (full or long) that causes the corresponding heading to appear • The suboption all specifies that the heading always appears The -o option allows the output format to be specified by the user.
User Commands (p - r) ps(1) time The cumulative CPU time of the process in the form [[dd-]hh:]mm:ss. The hh, mm, and ss fields have the same definitions that they do for etime. tty The name of the controling terminal of the process (if any). If no controlling terminal is present, a question mark (?) is displayed user The effective user ID of the process. This is the textual user ID. vsz The size of the process in virtual memory in kilobytes as a decimal integer.
ps(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ruser or runame (RUSER) Real user ID of the process. user or uname (USER) Real user name of the process. time The cumulative processor time of the process in the form [[dd-] hh: ] mm:ss. tty The name of the controlling terminal of the process. If no controlling terminal is present a question mark (?) is displayed. vsz The size of the process in virtual memory in Kbytes, as a decimal integer. EXAMPLES 1. To list all your processes, enter: ps 2.
User Commands (p - r) ps(1) results in the following display: SYSTEM_NAME foxii PROCESS BK CPU,PIN GPRI PFR %WT USERID PROGRAMFILE HOMETERM 3,76 150 P 001 255,255 /G/system/sys02/zexp /G/tl1/111 PROCESS_TIME GMOMJOBID SWAP_FILENAME EXTENDED_SWAP 0:0:0.041 0 /G/SYSTEM/#0121577 /G/system/#0121578 PROCESS_STATE CREATION_TIME no messages, forced low, runnable March 26, 1993 16:16:34.408 8.
pwd(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME pwd - Displays current directory pathname SYNOPSIS pwd DESCRIPTION The pwd command writes to standard output the full pathname of your current directory from the root directory. All directories are separated by a / (slash). The root directory is represented by the first /, and the last directory named is your current directory.
User Commands (p - r) read(1) NAME read - Reads one line from the standard input file SYNOPSIS read [ -r ] variablename ... FLAGS -r Specifies that the read command treat a \ (backslash) character as just part of the input line, not as a control character. DESCRIPTION The read command reads one line from the standard input file and assigns the values of each field in the input line to a shell variable.
read(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: printf(1).
User Commands (p - r) readonly(1) NAME readonly - Sets environment variables as read only SYNOPSIS readonly [name[=value ...]] readonly -p FLAGS -p Writes to standard output the names and values of all read-only variables. DESCRIPTION The names and assigned values of environmental variables specified as name and value are marked as read only and cannot be changed by subsequent assignment. If -p is specified, readonly displays a list of the names and values of all read-only variables.
reset_define(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME reset_define - Restores a DEFINE’s attributes to their initial settings SYNOPSIS reset_define {attribute-name}... DESCRIPTION The reset_define command is specific to OSS and a built-in command to the OSS shell. It is similiar to the TACL RESET DEFINE command. The reset_define command restores the attributes of one or more DEFINEs to their initial settings. If you reset a default attribute, the default value is restored.
User Commands (p - r) DENSITY USE DEVICE EBCDIC MOUNTMSG SYSTEM TAPEMODE reset_define(1) = =IN =\KT22.$TAPE = = = = EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned: 0 DEFINE attribute values were reset successfully. >0 An error occurred. NOTES The reset_define command is a shell built-in command. It differs from the regular commands in that it does not open a new shell process when it executes.
return(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME return - Returns a shell function to its invoking script SYNOPSIS return [n] DESCRIPTION The return command causes a shell function to return to the script that started it, with the return status specified by the argument n. If the argument n is not specified, the return status is that of the last command executed. If the return command is executed while not in a function or in a . (dot) script, it has the same effect as an exit command.
User Commands (p - r) rm(1) NAME rm - Removes (unlinks) files or directories SYNOPSIS rm [-firR] [ -W NOG ] [ -W NOE ] file ... FLAGS -f Does not prompt before removing a file that does not have write permission set, and does not display an error message if a specified file does not exist. If you specify both the -f and -i flags when invoking the rm command, the flag that is specified last on the command line takes effect. -i Prompts you before deleting each file (interactive).
rm(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual sion for its parent directory, but you need neither read nor write permission for the file itself. If a file has no write permission and standard input is a tty: • If the system does not support OSS ACLs, the rm command displays the file permission code and reads a line from standard input. If that line begins with y, or the locale’s equivalent of a y, rm deletes the file.
User Commands (p - r) rm(1) EXAMPLES 1. To delete a file, enter: rm myfile If there is another link to this file, then the file remains under that name, but the file myfile is removed. If myfile is the only link, the file itself is deleted. 2. To delete a file silently, enter: rm -f core This command removes file core without asking any questions or displaying any error messages. This is normally used in shell procedures.
rmdir(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME rmdir - Removes a directory SYNOPSIS rmdir [-p] directory ... FLAGS -p Removes all directories in a pathname. For each directory argument, the following operations are performed: 1. The directory entry specified by directory is removed. 2.
User Commands (p - r) rsh(1) NAME rsh - Executes the specified command remotely SYNOPSIS rsh [-d] [-l user] hostname command [argument ...] rsh [-d] hostname [-l user] command [argument ...] hostname [-l user] [command] [argument ...] FLAGS -d Turns on socket debugging (using the setsockopt() function) on the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) sockets used for communication with the remote host.
rsh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 2. To do the same job, create symbolic link host2 to rsh and enter: $ host2 df 3. To append a remote file to another file on the remote host, place the >> metacharacters in "" (double quotes): $ rsh host2 cat test1 ">>" test2 4. To append a remote file at the remote host to a local file, omit the double quotes: $ rsh host2 cat test2 >> test3 5.
User Commands (p - r) run(1) NAME run - Runs a process with specific attributes SYNOPSIS run [-cpu=cpu_number | -debug | -defmode={off | on} | -inspect={off | on | saveabend} | -jobid=jobid_number | -mem=num_pages | -name=/G/process_name | -gpri=priority | -swap=/G/volume[/subvolume[/swapfile]] | -extswap=/G/volume[/subvolume[/swapfile]] | -term=/G/terminal_name | -lib={/G/volume/subvolume/ | unset} ] ...
run(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -jobid=jobid_number Specifies the new job ID for the new process. If this flag is not specified, the job ID for the new process is 0. -lib={/G/volume/subvolume/swapfile | unset} Specifies a user library file in the /G directory that is to be searched for external references required by the program being run. The user library file is searched before the OSS library file.
User Commands (p - r) run(1) -extswap=/G/volume[/subvolume[/swapfile]] Same as -swap, but any swap file specified is used to hold the extended data segment for the TNS process. This flag has no impact on native processes. -term=/G/terminal_name Specifies the home terminal for the new process. If this flag is omitted, the new process uses the OSS shell’s home terminal. terminal_name must be a valid name for a terminal or process. If terminal_name is of the Guardian form $ZTNT.
run(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Standard Output The run command itself does not print messages to the standard output file. However, the program file to which run is applying the tdm_execve( ) function can print messages to the standard output file if both the program file and the shell are sharing the same home terminal. EXAMPLES 1. The following command line run -cpu=3 -gpri=150 -name=/G/myls ls -xaF starts the ls utility on processor 3 with a priority of 150.
User Commands (p - r) runcat(1) NAME runcat - Invokes the mkcatdefs utility and pipes the resulting message-catalog source data to the gencat utility SYNOPSIS runcat catalog_name source_file catalogfile FLAGS Operands catalog_name is the name of the message catalog to be used by the mkcatdefs utility to generate the name of the symbolic definition file. source_file identifies the message text containing symbolic identifiers.
runv(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME runv - Runs a process in the Visual Inspect debugger SYNOPSIS runv [ -wsaddr={workstation_IP_address } ] [ run_command_options ] program_file_path [ arguments ] FLAGS -wsaddr={workstation_IP_address} Specifies the workstation name or numeric IP address of the client workstation running Visual Inspect. DESCRIPTION The runv utility starts OSS programs in the Visual Inspect symbolic debugger.
User Commands (p - r) runv(1) NOTES On H-series systems, the runv and run -debug commands start the same debugger and are functionally equivalent. However, the run -debug command is faster than the runv command in the OSS environment on H-series systems. Unless you want to initiate debugging from one workstation but have the debugging session go to another workstation, you should use the run -debug command instead of runv.
Section 8. User Commands (s) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letter s.
sed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME sed - Provides a stream line editor SYNOPSIS sed [-n] [-e escript] ... [-f script_file] ... [file ...] sed [-n] script [file ...] The sed command modifies lines from the specified file or from standard input according to edit commands and writes them to standard output. FLAGS -e escript Uses the string escript as an edit script.
User Commands (s) sed(1) character, which does not terminate the regular expression (RE). For example, in the context address \xabc\xdefx, the second x stands for itself, so that the RE is abcxdef. • The sequence \n matches a newline character in the pattern space, except the terminating new line. A literal newline character must not be used in the regular expression of a context address or in the s (substitute) subcommand. • A . (dot) matches any character except a terminating newline character.
sed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual (2)c\ text Deletes the pattern space. With a 0 or 1 address or at the end of a 2-address range, places text on the output. Then it starts the next cycle. (2)d Deletes the pattern space. Then it starts the next cycle. (2)D Deletes the initial segment of the pattern space through the first newline character. Then it starts the next cycle. (2)g Replaces the contents of the pattern space with the contents of the hold space.
User Commands (s) sed(1) next input line. If read_file does not exist, it is treated as an empty file, causing no error condition. (2)s/pattern/replacement/flags Substitutes the replacement string for the first occurrence of the pattern in the pattern space. Any character that is entered after the s command can substitute for the / (slash) separator, except \ (backslash) and the newline character.
sed(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual or tabs. The list of subcommands must be separated by newline characters. The subcommands can also be preceded by spaces or tabs. The terminating } (right brace) must be preceded by a newline character and then zero or more spaces. (0):label This script entry simply marks a branch point to be referenced by the b and t commands. This label can be any sequence of eight or fewer bytes. (1)= Writes the current line number to standard output as a line.
User Commands (s) 5. sed(1) A sample sed script follows: :join /\\$/{N s/\\\n// b join } This sed script joins each line that ends with a \ (backslash) to the line that follows it. First, the pattern /\\$/ selects a line that ends with a \ for the group of commands enclosed in { }. The N subcommand then appends the next line, embedding a newline character. The s/\\\n// deletes the \ (backslash) and embedded newline character.
set(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME set - Sets shell options and positional parameters SYNOPSIS set [+ | -aCefmnostuvx] [+ | -o option ...] [argument ...] FLAGS a All subsequent parameters defined are automatically exported. b Causes the shell to notify the user asynchronously of background job completions (same as -o notify).
User Commands (s) set(1) noexec Same as n. noglob Same as f. nolog Prevents the entry of function definitions into the command history. notify Same as b. nounset Same as u. verbose Same as v. vi Invokes, in insert mode, a vi-style inline editor until you press Escape (ASCII 033). This changes to move mode. A return sends the line. viraw Each character is processed as it is entered in vi mode. xtrace Same as x. If no option name is supplied, then the current option settings are printed.
set(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. Following is an example of the set command and its results. set a b c The above command assigns a to $1, b to $2, and c to $3. The following command verifies the values of a, b, and c. echo $1:$2:$3 a:b:c NOTES • Parameter assignment lists that precede the command remain in effect when the command completes. • I/O redirections are processed after parameter assignments.
User Commands (s) setacl(1) NAME setacl - Modifies access control lists (ACLs) for files SYNOPSIS setacl [ -n ] -f acl_file file ... setacl [ -n ] { -m | -d } acl_entries [{ -m | -d } acl_entries]... file ... setacl [ -n ] -s acl_entries file ... FLAGS -n Normally, the setacl command recalculates the group class entry to ensure that permissions specified in the additional ACL entries are actually granted, and the value specified in the class entry is ignored.
setacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual d[efault]:u[ser]:uid:operm|perm d[efault]:g[roup]::operm|perm d[efault]:g[roup]:gid:operm|perm d[efault]:c[lass]::operm|perm d[efault]:o[ther]::operm|perm For the -d flag, acl_entries are one or more comma-separated ACL entries, without permissions, selected from the following list. You cannot delete the entries for file owner (user), owning group (group), class, or other.
User Commands (s) setacl(1) If you specify no permissions for an entry (---), the user ID or group ID specified in the entry is denied access to the file. The entries need not be in order. The setacl command sorts them before applying them to the file. -m Adds one or more new ACL entries to the file, or changes one or more existing ACL entries on the file. If an entry already exists for a specified user ID or group ID, the specified permissions replace the current permissions.
setacl(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • For the file group allowing read access only • For others disallowing all access use this command: setacl -s user::rwx,user:archer:rw-,user:fletcher:rw-,group::r--,other:--- filea After this command is executed, the file permission bits are set to -rwxrw----.
User Commands (s) set_define(1) NAME set_define - Sets values for DEFINE attributes in the working attribute set SYNOPSIS set_define -like=define-name {attribute-specs}... FLAGS -like=define-name Specifies a DEFINE name. The name can be from 2 to 24 characters long. The first character must be an equal sign (=), and the second character must be a letter. DESCRIPTION The set_define command is specific to HP and an OSS shell built-in command. It sets values for the specified DEFINE attributes.
set_define(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual scratch=\\foxii.\$osf.joe.scratch swap=\\foxii.\$osf.joe.swap program=\\foxii.\$osf.joe.suprsort cpus=\(1,2\) notcpus=\(0,3\) subsorts=\(=subsort1,=subsort2\) For class=spool (a SPOOL DEFINE), you must use the escape character in class-attributes as follows: loc=\\kt22.\$s.#a For class=subsort (a SUBSORT DEFINE), you must use the escape character in class-attributes as follows: scratch=\\foxii.\$osf.joe.scratch swap=\\foxii.\$osf.joe.
User Commands (s) set_define(1) NOTES The set_define command is a shell built-in command. It differs from the regular commands in that it does not open a new shell process when it executes. A general discussion of shell built-in commands and a list of the OSS shell built-in commands are in the reference page for sh(1). RELATED INFORMATION Commands: add_define(1), del_define(1), info_define(1), reset_define(1), show_define(1).
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME sh - Describes the OSS shell SYNOPSIS sh [-i] [-c command_string | -s] [+ | -abCefmnosuvx] [+ | -o][option ...] | [argument ...] | [file] [argument ...] The OSS shell is an interactive command interpreter and a command programming language. The OSS shell is based on the UNIX Korn shell. FLAGS -c command_string Causes sh to read commands from command_string. -i Causes sh to run as an interactive shell.
User Commands (s) sh(1) command runs as a separate process, and the shell waits for the last command to end. A filter is a command that reads its standard input, transforms it in some way, then writes it to its standard output. A pipeline normally consists of a series of filters. Although the processes in a pipeline (except the first process) can execute in parallel, they are synchronized to the extent that each program needs to read the output of its predecessor.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual is saved in the REPLY parameter. The list is executed for each selection until a break or end-of-file character is encountered. case word in [[(] pattern [| pattern] ...) list ;;] ... esac" Executes the list associated with the first pattern that matches word. The form of the patterns is the same as that used for filename generation. (See Filename Generation.) if list ;then list [elif list ;then list] ...
User Commands (s) sh(1) time until while {} [[ ]] Command Aliasing The first word of each command is replaced by the text of an alias (if an alias for this word was defined). The first character of an alias name can be any nonspecial printable character, but the rest of the characters must be the same as for a valid identifier. The replacement string can contain any valid shell script, including the metacharacters previously listed.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual original text is left unchanged. A tilde by itself, or in front of a /, is replaced by the value of the HOME parameter. A tilde followed by a + (plus sign) or - (dash) is replaced by $PWD and $OLDPWD, respectively. In addition, tilde substitution is attempted when the value of a variable assignment parameter begins with a tilde.
User Commands (s) sh(1) ${#identifier[*]} Substitutes the number of elements in the array identifier. ${parameter:-word} Substitutes the value of parameter if it is set and non-null; otherwise, substitutes word. ${parameter:=word} Sets parameter to word if it is not set or is null; the value of the parameter is then substituted. Positional parameters cannot be assigned values in this way.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ! (exclamation point) The process number of the last background command invoked. ERRNO The value of errno as set by the most recently failed system call. This value is system dependent and is intended for debugging purposes. LINENO The line number of the current line within the script or function being executed. OLDPWD The previous working directory set by the cd command. OPTARG The value of the last option argument processed by the getopts special command.
User Commands (s) sh(1) FPATH The search path for function definitions. This path is searched when a function with the -u attribute is referenced and when a command is not found. If an executable file is found, then it is read and executed in the current environment. IFS Internal field separators, normally spaces, tabs, and newlines that are used to separate command words which result from command or parameter substitution and for separating words with the read special command.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual LOCPATH Specifies a series of colon-separated search rules that describe where to look for locales. These rules override the default search path of /usr/lib/nls/loc. NLSPATH Specifies a list of directories to search to find message catalogs. PATH The search path for commands. (See Execution.) You cannot change PATH if executing under rsh, except in .profile.
User Commands (s) sh(1) ? Matches any single character. [...] Matches any one of the enclosed characters. In an expression such as [a-z], the (dash) means "through" according to the current collating sequence. The collating sequence is determined by the value of the LC_COLLATE environment variable. If the first character following the [ (left bracket) is a ! (exclamation point), then any character not enclosed is matched.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Quoting The following characters have a special meaning to the shell and cause termination of a word unless quoted: ; & ( ) | ˆ < > Each of the metacharacters previously listed has a special meaning to the shell and causes termination of a word unless quoted. A character can be quoted (that is, made to stand for itself) by preceding it with a \ (backslash). The pair \newline is ignored.
User Commands (s) sh(1) -a file TRUE, if file exists. -b file TRUE, if file exists and is a block-special file. -c file TRUE, if file exists and is a character-special file. -d file TRUE, if file exists and is a directory. -f file TRUE, if file exists and is an ordinary file. -g file TRUE, if file exists and has its setgid bit set. -G file TRUE, if file exists and its group ID matches the effective group ID of this process. -h file TRUE, if file exists and is a symbolic link.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual string != pattern TRUE, if string does not match pattern. string1 < string2 TRUE, if string1 collates before string2. string1 > string2 TRUE, if string1 collates after string2. expression1 -eq expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is equal to expression2. expression1 -ne expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is not equal to expression2. expression1 -lt expression2 TRUE, if expression1 is less than expression2.
User Commands (s) >|word sh(1) Same as >, except that it overrides the noclobber option. >>word Use file word as standard output. If the file exists, output is appended to it (by first seeking to the End-of-File); otherwise, the file is created. <>word Open file word for reading and writing as standard input. <<[-]word The shell input is read up to a line that is the same as word, or to an End-of-File. No parameter substitution, command substitution, or filename generation is performed on word.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual You can augment the environment for any simple command or function by prefixing it with one or more parameter assignments. A parameter assignment argument is a word of the form identifier=value. Thus, the following two expressions are equivalent (as far as the execution of command is concerned): TERM=450 command argument ... (export TERM; TERM=450; command argument ...) Functions The function reserved word is used to define shell functions.
User Commands (s) sh(1) A job being run in the background will stop if it tries to read from the terminal. Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, but this can be disabled by issuing the stty tostop command. If you set this tty option, then background jobs will stop when they try to produce output like they do when they try to read input. There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual permission, or if the setuid and/or setgid bits are set on the file, the shell executes an agent whose job it is to set up the permissions and execute the shell with the shell command file passed down as an open file. A command in parentheses is executed in a subshell without the removal of nonexported quantities. Command Reentry The text of the last HISTSIZE (default 128) commands entered from a terminal device is saved in a history file. The $HOME/.
User Commands (s) sh(1) Input Edit Commands By default the editor is in input mode. Erase (User-defined Erase character as defined by the stty command, often or #.) Deletes the previous character. Deletes the previous space-separated word. Terminates the shell (at the beginning of a line only). Escapes the next character. Editing characters and the user’s Erase or Kill characters can be entered in a command line or in a search string if preceded by a .
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ^ Cursor to the first nonspace character in the line. $ Cursor to the end of the line. Search Edit Commands These commands access your command history. [count]k Fetches the previous command. Each time k is entered, the previous command back in time is accessed. [count]- Equivalent to k. [count]j Fetches the next command. Each time j is entered, the next command forward in time is accessed. [count]+ Equivalent to j.
User Commands (s) sh(1) i Enters input mode and inserts text before the current character. I Inserts text before the beginning of the line. Equivalent to 0i. [count]P Places the previous text modification before the cursor. [count]p Places the previous text modification after the cursor. R Enters input mode and replaces characters on the screen with the characters you type, overlay fashion.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual # Sends the line after inserting a # (number sign) in front of the line. Useful for causing the current line to be inserted in the history without being executed. = Lists the filenames that match the current word if an * (asterisk) is appended to it. @@@@letter Searches the alias list for an alias by the name _letter . If an alias of this name is defined, its value is inserted in the input queue for processing.
User Commands (s) sh(1) I/O redirections are processed after parameter assignments. Errors cause a script that contains the commands so marked to abort. add_define Creates DEFINEs for the Guardian environment. An HP extension. alias Creates or lists aliases. bg Puts each specified job into the background. break Exits from the enclosing for, while, until, or select loop. cd Changes the current directory. continue Resumes the next iteration of the enclosing for, while, until, or select loop.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual reset_define Restores the attributes of a DEFINE to their original settings. An HP extension. return Causes a shell function to return to the invoking script. set Sets parameters. set_define Sets the values for DEFINE attributes. An HP extension. shift Renames positional parameters. show_define Displays values of DEFINE attributes. An HP extension. times Prints the accumulated user and system times for the shell and for processes run from the shell.
User Commands (s) sh(1) 2. When the shell encounters the >> characters, it does not open the file in append mode; instead, the shell opens the file for writing and seeks to the end. 3. Failure (nonzero exit status) of a special command preceding a || symbol prevents the list following || from executing. 4.
sh(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual del_define Deletes DEFINEs from the current shell process. info_define Displays information about DEFINEs. reset_define Restores the attributes of a DEFINE to their original settings. set_define Sets the values for DEFINE attributes. show_define Displays values of DEFINE attributes.
User Commands (s) shift(1) NAME shift - Shifts positional parameters SYNOPSIS shift [n] DESCRIPTION The shift command moves the specified positional parameter so that it takes the place of the specified parameter to its left. Thus, the positional parameters from $n+1 ... are renamed $n ... . The parameters represented by the numbers $# down to $#-n+1 are unset, and the parameter # is updated to reflect the new number of positional parameters.
show_define(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME show_define - Displays the values of DEFINE attributes SYNOPSIS show_define [attribute-name] DESCRIPTION The show_define command is specific to HP and a shell built-in command. It displays the values associated with the specified DEFINE attributes. It can display all attribute values that are currently set or defaulted, and it can show all attributes in the current working set and the value of each attribute.
User Commands (s) show_define(1) EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned: 0 DEFINE attribute values were displayed successfully. >0 An error occurred. NOTES The show_define command is a shell built-in command. It differs from the regular commands in that it does not open a new shell process when it executes. A general discussion of shell built-in commands and a list of the OSS shell built-in commands are in the reference page for sh(1).
sleep(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME sleep - Suspends execution for a specified time SYNOPSIS sleep seconds DESCRIPTION The sleep command suspends execution of a process for the interval specified by seconds, which can range from 0 to 2,147,483,647 seconds. seconds can be entered as a non-negative decimal, octal, or hexadecimal value. EXAMPLES 1.
User Commands (s) sort(1) NAME sort - Sorts or merges files SYNOPSIS Current syntax sort [-m] [-o output_file] [-Abdfinru] [-k keydef] ... [-t character] [-T directory] [-y][kilobytes] [-z record_size] ... file ... sort -c [-u] [-Abdfinru] [-k keydef] ... [-t character] [-T directory] [-y][kilobytes] [-z record_size] ... file ... Obsolescent syntax sort [-Abcdfimnru] [-o output_file] [-t character] [-T directory] [-y][kilobytes] [-z record_size] [+fskip][.cskip] [-fskip][.cskip] [-bdfinr] ... file ...
sort(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual applied to all -k flags on the command line; otherwise, the -b flag can be independently attached to each -k field_start or field_end argument. -c Checks that the input is sorted according to the ordering rules specified in the flags and the collating sequence of the current locale. No output is produced; only the exit code is affected.
User Commands (s) sort(1) /* * -ka.b,c.d = if d==0 then +(a-1).(b-1) -c.d * else +(a-1).(b-1) -(c-1).d */ -m Merges only (assumes sorted input). -n Sorts any initial numeric strings (consisting of optional spaces, optional dashes, and zero or more digits with optional radix character and thousands separator, as defined by the current locale) by arithmetic value. An empty digit string is treated as zero; leading zeros and signs on zeros do not affect ordering.
sort(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The fskip variable specifies the number of fields to skip from the beginning of the input line, and the cskip variable specifies the number of additional characters to skip to the right beyond that point. For both the starting point (+fskip.cskip) and the ending point (-fskip.cskip) of a sort key, fskip is measured from the beginning of the input line, and cskip is measured from the last field skipped. If you omit .cskip, .0 (zero) is assumed.
User Commands (s) sort(1) example, in German, the ß (scharfes-S) is collated as if it were ss. N-to-One Character Mappings Some languages treat a string of characters as if it were one single collating element. For example, in Spanish, the ch and ll sequences are treated as their own elements within the alphabet. (ch comes between c and d in the alphabet, and ll comes between l and m.) Ignore-Character Mappings In some cases, certain characters may be ignored in collation.
sort(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The -u flag tells sort to remove duplicate lines, making each line of the file unique. This displays: apple %%banana orange Persimmon Note that not only was the duplicate apple removed, but banana and ORANGE were removed as well. The -d flag told sort to ignore symbols, so %%banana and banana were considered to be duplicate lines and banana was removed.
User Commands (s) sort(1) yams:104 lettuce:15 potatoes:15 green beans:32 radishes:5 turnips:8 Note that the numbers are not in ascending order. This is because a lexicographic sort compares each character from left to right. In other words, 3 comes before 5 so 32 comes before 5. 5. To sort on more than one field, enter: sort -t : -k 2n -k 1r vegetables This performs a numeric sort on the second field (-k 2n) and then, within that ordering, sorts the first field in reverse collating order (-k 1r).
sort(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual llanura mover If you sort the file in the default C locale, the output looks like this: canto chapa chocolate curioso dama llanura loro mover FILES /usr/lib/nls/loc/src/locale.src Configuration files. EXIT VALUES The sort command returns the following exit values: 0 All input files were output successfully, or -c was specified and the input file was correctly sorted.
User Commands (s) split(1) NAME split - Splits a file into pieces of a specified size SYNOPSIS Current syntax split [-l line_count] [-a suffix] [file [prefix] | -] split -b n[k | m] [-a suffix] [file [prefix] | -] Obsolescent syntax split [-number] [-a suffix] [file [prefix] | -] FLAGS -a suffix Uses suffix letters to form the suffix portion of the filenames of the split files. If -a is not specified, the default suffix length is two letters.
split(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If the number of files required is greater than the maximum allowed by the effective suffix length (such that the last allowable file would be larger than the requested size), split fails after creating the last possible file with a valid suffix. The split command does not delete the files it creates with valid suffixes.
User Commands (s) strings(1) NAME strings - Finds printable strings in binary files SYNOPSIS strings [-a] [-t format] [-n number] [file ...] FLAGS -a Searches an entire object file, linkfile, or loadfile rather than just the: • Code, data, and extended data areas of a TNS or accelerated object file • .data, .rodata, and .sdata areas of a TNS/R native non-positionindependent (non-PIC) or PIC linkfile or loadfile • .data, .rdata, .sdata, .
strings(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual • When the -t or -t o flag is specified, the format of the output is: "%o %s", byte-offset, string • When the -t x flag is specified, the format of the output is: "%x %s", byte-offset, string • When the -t d flag is specified, the format of the output is: "%d %s", byte-offset, string EXIT VALUES The following exit values are returned: 0 Successful completion. >0 An error occurred. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: od(1).
User Commands (s) strip(1) NAME strip - Removes unnecessary information from loadfiles or executable files SYNOPSIS strip [ [-Wa] | [-Ws] ] file ... FLAGS -Wa Removes the TNS/R Accelerator region or TNS/E Object Code Accelerator region of an accelerated object file. -Ws Removes the Inspect symbols region of a TNS or accelerated object file.
strip(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ar(1), c89(1), eld(1), ld(1), nld(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification with extensions. The -W flags are HP extensions to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (s) stty(1) NAME stty - Sets terminal characteristics SYNOPSIS stty [-a | -g] [-f special_device] stty [-f special_device] [argument ...] The stty command sets or reports on terminal I/O characteristics for the device that is its standard input. FLAGS -a Writes to standard output all the current settings for the terminal. -f special_device Allows you to specify an alternative terminal or tty device. Normally, the stty command works on your standard input.
stty(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual brkint (brkint) Signals (does not signal) INTR on break. parmrk (-parmrk) Marks (does not mark) parity errors. istrip (-istrip) Strips (does not strip) input characters to seven bits. inlcr (-inlcr) Maps (does not map) newline to carriage-return on input. igncr (-igncr) Ignores (does not ignore) carriage-return on input. icrnl (-icrnl) Maps (does not map) carriage-return to newline on input. ixon (-ixon) Enables (disables) Start/Stop output control.
User Commands (s) stty(1) Control Assignments special_character string Sets special_character to string. The special character is set to the first character in string and subsequent characters are ignored, with the following exceptions: • The strings undef and ˆ- set the special character to {_POSIX_VDISABLE} if it is in effect for the device. • The string ˆ? sets the special character to .
stty(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual crterase (-crterase) crtbs (-crtbs) Same as echoe (-echoe). ctlecho (-ctlecho) Same as echoctl (-echoctl). litout (-litout) all everything Same as -a. nohang (-nohang) Does not (does) send HANGUP signal if carrier drops. nul-fill Does character fill and uses Null character. del-fill Does character fill and uses Delete character. If no options are specified, an unspecified subset of the information displayed for the -a flag is displayed.
User Commands (s) su(1) NAME su - Substitutes user ID temporarily and changes password SYNOPSIS su [ [ -f ] | [ - ] [ username | username,password[,] ] [ -c string ] ] FLAGS - Starts a login shell using /bin/sh; /etc/profile and .profile are processed if they exist, and the current working directory is set to the home directory (the initial working directory) of the new user ID. The ENV and HOME environment variables are set accordingly.
su(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ,password[,] Specifies the password for the new login name. The initial comma cannot have any spaces before it. When this option is used, login dialog is bypassed unless the value entered is incorrect for the login name specified. If the comma is specified after the value, the dialog for changing the password of the new login name must be completed.
User Commands (s) sum(1) NAME sum - Displays the checksum and block count of a file SYNOPSIS sum [-o | -r ] [file ... ] FLAGS -o Computes the checksum using a word-by-word computation algorithm. -r Computes the checksum using the more rigorous byte-by-byte computation algorithm. This is the default action. DESCRIPTION The sum command reads file and calculates a 16-bit checksum and the number of 512-byte blocks in the file. If the file operand is omitted, sum reads the standard input file.
sum(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual >0 An error occurred. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cksum(1), wc(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification, with the following exception: • 8−68 The -o flag is an HP extension to the specification.
Section 9. User Commands (t - u) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters t and u.
tail(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME tail - Writes a file from a specified point SYNOPSIS Current Syntax tail [ -f | -r ] [ -c [ +|-]number | -n [ +|-]number ] [ file ] Obsolescent Syntax tail [ +[number][unit] | -[number][unit][f] ] [ -f | -r ] [ file ] FLAGS -c [+|-]number Writes number bytes of the file. The sign specified before number affects the location in the file from which to begin writing: + (plus) Writing begins relative to the beginning of the file.
User Commands (t - u) tail(1) +[number][unit] (Obsolescent) Begins writing from a location that is the specified number of units after the beginning of the input file. The default value for number is 10. The possible values for unit are: b Specifies 512-byte blocks c Specifies characters, counted byte by byte k Specifies 1-kilobyte blocks l Specifies lines m Specifies characters, counting a multibyte character as a single character The default value for unit is l.
tail(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. To write the last 10 lines of a file named notes, enter: tail notes 2. To write the last 20 lines of notes, enter: tail -n -20 notes 3. To write notes a page at a time, starting with the 200th byte from the beginning, enter: tail +200c notes L more 4.
User Commands (t - u) tar(1) NAME tar - Manipulates tape-archive-format files SYNOPSIS tar [ -]required_flag[Abflmovw ] [operand ... ] | FLAGS The function performed by tar is specified by one of the following values for required_flag: c Creates a new archive file. If the archive file is on tape, writing begins at the beginning of the tape instead of after the last file. The use of this flag implies the function of the required_flag value of r.
tar(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual (cd fromdir; tar cf -.)|(cd todir; tar xf -) l Tells tar to generate an error message if it cannot resolve all the links to the files archived. If this flag is not specified, no error messages are generated. m Tells tar not to restore the modification times. The modification time assigned will be the time of extraction, which is always the case with symbolic links. o Is provided for backward compatibility.
User Commands (t - u) tar(1) FILES /tmp/tar* NOTES Temporary file used with the required_flag value of u. • There is no way to ask for the nth occurrence of a file. • Tape errors are handled ungracefully. • The function of the required_flag value of u can be slow. • The limit on filename length is 256 bytes. The limit on file links (hard or soft) is 100 bytes. • There is no way to selectively follow symbolic links.
tee(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME tee - Displays program output and copies to a file SYNOPSIS tee [-ai] [file ...] The tee command reads standard input and writes both to standard output, and to each specified file. FLAGS -a Adds the output to the end of file instead of writing over it. -i Ignores the SIGINT signal. DESCRIPTION The tee command is useful when you wish to view program output as it is displayed, and also want to save it in a file.
User Commands (t - u) telnet(1) NAME telnet - Allows login to a remote host (not supported in OSS) SYNOPSIS telnet DESCRIPTION The telnet command implements the TELNET protocol, which allows remote login to other hosts. The telnet client is not supported in the OSS environment. As a substitute, the Guardian environment Telserv interface for the TELNET protocol can be used through the gtacl command.
test(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME test - Evaluates conditional expressions SYNOPSIS test expression [ expression ] DESCRIPTION The test command evaluates an expression constructed of functions and operators. If the value of expression is TRUE, test returns an exit value of 0 (zero); otherwise, it returns a value of 1 (FALSE). The test command also returns an exit value of 1 if there are no arguments. The alternative form of the command surrounds expression with [ ] (brackets).
User Commands (t - u) test(1) string1 != string2 TRUE if string1 and string2 are not identical. string1 TRUE if string1 is not the null string. number1 -eq number2 TRUE if the integers number1 and number2 are algebraically equal. Any of the comparisons -ne (not equal to), -gt (greater than), -ge (greater than or equal to), -lt (less than), and -le (less than or equal to) can be used in place of -eq. The listed functions can be combined with the following operators: ! Unary negation operator.
test(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: find(1), sh(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The -a file function (an expression primary operand) is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (t - u) time(1) NAME time - Times the execution of a command SYNOPSIS time [-p] command [argument ...] The time command prints the elapsed time during the execution of a command, the time spent in the system, and the time spent in execution of the command on the diagnostic output system. FLAGS -p Writes the timing output to standard error. This is the default. DESCRIPTION Time is reported in seconds. The time command (with a different format) is also built into sh.
times(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME times - Prints accumulated running times SYNOPSIS times DESCRIPTION The times command returns the total time that has been used by the shell and the accumulated run times of processes run by the shell. Two sets of times are returned for both the shell time and process time. The first two numbers represent the accumulated user time and accumulated system time used by the shell.
User Commands (t - u) touch(1) NAME touch - Updates file access and modification times SYNOPSIS Current Syntax touch [-acfm] [-r reference_file | -t time] file ... Obsolescent Syntax touch [-acfm] [time] file ... The touch command updates the access and modification times of each file or directory named to the time specified on the command line. Do not use the touch command on files in the Guardian environment. FLAGS -a Changes only the access time.
touch(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The range for SS is 00-61 rather than 00-59 because of leap seconds. If SS is 60 or 61, and the resulting time, as affected by the TZ environment variable, does not refer to a leap second, the resulting time is one or two seconds after a time where SS is 59. If SS is not given a value, it is assumed to be 0 (zero). DESCRIPTION The time used can be specified by -t, -r, or by the time argument. If you do not specify a time, touch uses the current time.
User Commands (t - u) touch(1) EXIT VALUES The return code from touch is the number of files for which the times could not be successfully modified (including files that did not exist and were not created). If no errors occur, the exit status is 0 (zero). RELATED INFORMATION Commands: date(1). Functions: utime(2). Files: locale(4).
tr(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME tr - Translates characters SYNOPSIS tr [-Acs] string1 string2 tr -s [-Ac] string1 tr -d [-Ac] string1 tr -ds [-Ac] string1 string2 The tr command copies characters from the standard input to the standard output with substitution or deletion of selected characters. FLAGS -A Translates on a byte-by-byte basis. When you specify this flag, tr does not support extended characters.
User Commands (t - u) tr(1) [a*number] Stands for number repetitions of a. number is considered to be in decimal unless the first digit of number is 0; then it is considered to be in octal. Because this expression is used to map multiple characters to one character, it is only valid when it occurs in string2. If number is omitted or is 0 (zero), it is interpreted as large enough to extend the string2-based sequence to the length of the string1-based sequence.
tr(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. To translate braces into parentheses, enter: tr ’{}’ ’()’ This translates each { (left brace) to a ( (left parenthesis) and each } (right brace) to ) (right parenthesis). All other characters remain unchanged and are sent to standard output. 2. To translate lowercase ASCII characters to uppercase, enter: tr ’[:lower:]’ ’[:upper:]’ < infile > outfile 3.
User Commands (t - u) trap(1) NAME trap - Provides instructions to a process SYNOPSIS trap [argument] [signal ...] DESCRIPTION The trap command provides instructions to a program when signals are received. The argument variable specifies a command to be read and executed when the shell receives the specified signals. (Note that argument is scanned once when the trap is set and once when the trap is taken.) Each signal can be given as a number or as the name of the signal.
true(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME true - Returns a standard exit value SYNOPSIS true DESCRIPTION The true command returns a 0 (zero) exit value. These commands are usually used in input to the sh command. EXAMPLES To construct a loop in a shell procedure, enter: while true do date sleep 60 done This procedure displays the date and time once a minute. To stop it, press the Interrupt key sequence. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: false(1), sh(1).
User Commands (t - u) tty(1) NAME tty - Returns pathname of terminal device SYNOPSIS tty [-s] The tty command writes the full pathname of your terminal device to standard output. FLAGS -s Suppresses reporting the pathname so that only the exit status is affected. (Obsolescent.) You can perform the same operation with the test -t file_descriptor command. DESCRIPTION The tty -s command evaluates as TRUE if standard output is a display and FALSE if it is not.
type(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME type - Returns type and location of commands SYNOPSIS type argument DESCRIPTION The type command returns the location of the command name given as argument. The type command is an alias to the whence -v command, another shell built-in command. EXAMPLES 1. The following example returns the command type and location of the grep command.
User Commands (t - u) typeset(1) NAME typeset - Sets attributes and values for shell parameters SYNOPSIS typeset [+ | -HLRZfilrtux[n]] [name[=value ...]] FLAGS -f The names refer to function names rather than parameter names. No assignments can be made and the only other valid flags are -t, -u, and -x. The -t flag turns on execution tracing for this function. The -u flag causes this function to be marked undefined.
typeset(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual If no name arguments are given but flags are specified, a list of names (and optionally the values) of the parameters that have these flags set is printed. (Using + rather than - keeps the values from being printed.) If no names and flags are given, the names and attributes of all parameters are printed. NOTES The typeset command is a shell built-in command.
User Commands (t - u) umask(1) NAME umask - Sets the user file-creation mask. SYNOPSIS umask [-S] [mask] -S Produces symbolic output. DESCRIPTION The umask command sets the user file-creation mask to the value specified in the argument mask. The default permissions is 666 (rw-rw-rw) for files and 777 (rwxrwxrwx) for directories. The permissions value you specify with the umask command will modify the default permissions. The mask argument can be either octal number or a symbolic value.
umask(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual An s appears in the user or group execute position of a long listing (see the reference page for the ls command) to show that the file runs with set-user-ID or set-group-ID permission. Note that the command umask o+s has no effect (the set-user-ID-on-execution and set-group-ID-on-execution bits are not modified). Absolute Mode Absolute mode lets you use octal notation to set each bit in the permission code. 0400 Permits read by owner.
User Commands (t - u) unalias(1) NAME unalias - Removes aliases SYNOPSIS unalias name ... unalias -a FLAGS -a Removes all alias definitions from the current shell environment. DESCRIPTION The unalias command removes alias definitions. Without the -a flag, the alias command removes the names specified as name ... from the shell’s alias list. With the -a flag, the alias command removes all alias definitions from the current shell execution environment, but not from the shell’s alias list.
uname(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME uname - Displays information about the operating system SYNOPSIS uname [-amnrsv] FLAGS -a Displays all information specified with the -m, -n, -r, -s, and -v flags. -m Displays the type of hardware running the system. -n Displays the name of the node (this might be a name that the system is known by to a communications network). -r Displays the release version of the running system software. -s Displays the operating system name.
User Commands (t - u) uncompress(1) NAME uncompress - Expands compressed data SYNOPSIS uncompress [-cdfnqv] [ file[.Z] ... ] FLAGS -c Makes the uncompress command write to the standard output file; no files are changed. The nondestructive behavior of the zcat command is identical to that of uncompress -c. -d Specifies that decompression should occur.
uncompress(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This command conforms to the XPG4 Version 2 specification with extensions. The following features are extensions to the XPG4 Version 2 specification: • 9−32 The -d, -n, and -q flags are supported.
User Commands (t - u) unexpand(1) NAME unexpand - Replace tab or space characters SYNOPSIS unexpand [-a] [-t tablist] [file ...] The unexpand command puts tab characters back into the data from the standard input file, or the named files and writes the result to the standard output file. FLAGS -a Replaces spaces at the beginning of each line with a tab, and inserts tab characters wherever their presence compresses the resultant file, by replacing two or more characters.
uniq(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME uniq - Removes or lists repeated lines in a file SYNOPSIS Current syntax uniq [-c | -d | -u] [-f fields] [-s characters] [input_file] [output_file] Obsolescent syntax uniq [-c | -d | -u] [-number] [+number] [input_file] [output_file] The uniq command reads standard input by default or, the specified input_file compares adjacent lines, removes the second and succeeding occurrences of a line, and writes to standard output or the specified file output_f
User Commands (t - u) uniq(1) EXAMPLES To delete repeated lines in the following file called fruit and save it to a file named newfruit, enter: uniq fruit newfruit The file fruit contains the following lines: apples apples bananas cherries cherries peaches pears The file newfruit contains the following lines: apples bananas cherries peaches pears RELATED INFORMATION Commands: comm(1), sort(1).
unpack(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME unpack - Expands files compressed by the pack command SYNOPSIS unpack file[.z] ... DESCRIPTION The unpack command expands files created by pack. For each file specified, unpack searches for a file named file.z. If this file is a packed file, unpack replaces it with its expanded version. The unpack command names the new file by removing the .z suffix from file.z.
User Commands (t - u) unpack(1) EXIT VALUES The unpack command returns the following values: 0 (zero) The command completed successfully; all files were unpacked. >0 An error occurred because some of the files could not be unpacked. The number returned is the number of files the unpack command was unable to unpack. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: cat(1), compress(1), pack(1), uncompress(1), zcat(1).
unset(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME unset - Removes environment variable or function definitions SYNOPSIS unset [-fv] name FLAGS -f The name argument refers to function names. -v The name argument refers to an environment variable name. DESCRIPTION The values of the variables or functions given as the name argument are unassigned; that is, the values and attributes of the names are erased. Read-only variables cannot be unset.
User Commands (t - u) uudecode(1) NAME uudecode - Decodes a binary file SYNOPSIS uudecode [ file ... ] DESCRIPTION The uudecode command reads an encoded file, strips off any leading and trailing lines added by mailers, and recreates the original file with its original file access permissions and pathname. If the pathname of the file to be produced exists and the user does not have write permission on that file, uudecode terminates with an error.
uuencode(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME uuencode - Encodes a binary file SYNOPSIS uuencode [infile] remotefile DESCRIPTION The uuencode command reads the named infile (the default value for infile is the standard input file) and produces an encoded version of that file on the standard output file. The encoding uses only printing ASCII characters and includes the file access permission bits of the file and the pathname to be used when the file is decoded by uudecode.
Section 10. User Commands (v - z) This section contains reference pages for the Open System Services (OSS) user commands with names starting with the letters v through z.
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME vi - Edits files SYNOPSIS vi [-ls] [-R] | [-r] [-c subcommand] [-t tag] [-wnumber] [+subcommand] [-] [file ...] The vi command is a display editor that is based on an underlying line editor (ex). FLAGS -c subcommand Executes the specified ex subcommand (command) before displaying the file for which the editor was invoked.
User Commands (v - z) vi(1) • 128 bytes in a shell escape command. • 128 bytes in a string-valued option. • 30 bytes in a tag name. • 128 map macros with 2048 bytes total. Editing Modes The vi editor has the following operational modes: Command mode When you start the vi editor, it is in Command mode. Any subcommand can be entered from this mode, except commands that can only be used in the Text Input mode (those subcommands that make corrections during text insertion).
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual directory (dir=) Displays the directory that contains the editing buffer. The default is dir=/tmp. [no]edcompatible (ed) Causes the presence of global (g) and confirm (c) suffixes on substitute commands to be remembered and toggled by repeating the suffixes during substitutions and causes the read (r) suffix to work like the r subcommand. The default is noed. [no]errorbells (eb) Precedes error messages with an character.
User Commands (v - z) vi(1) [no]prompt Prompts for command mode input with a : (colon). When not set, no prompt is displayed. The default is on. readonly Allows writing to a different file. In addition, the write can be forced by using the ! (exclamation point) character (see the editor command write). The default is off, unless the file lacks write permission or the -R flag is specified. [no]redraw (re) Simulates a smart display on a dumb display. The default is re.
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual taglength (tl=) Determines length of tag. [no]tags (tag) Specifies a list of possible filenames of tag files. The default is tags /usr/lib/tags. term Sets the kind of display you are using. The default is term=$TERM, where $TERM is the value of the TERM shell variable. [no]terse Allows vi to display the short form of messages. The default is noterse. [no]timeout (to) Sets a time limit of 2 seconds on entry of characters.
User Commands (v - z) vi(1) Defining Macros If you use a subcommand or sequence of subcommands frequently, you can create a macro that issues the subcommand or sequence when you call a macro. To create a macro, enter the sequence of subcommands into an editing buffer named with a letter of the alphabet.
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Keeping a Customized Change The editing environment defaults to certain configuration options. When an editing session is initiated, vi attempts to read the EXINIT environment variable. If it exists, the editor uses the values defined in EXINIT, otherwise the values set in $HOME/.exrc are used. If $HOME/.exrc does not exist, the default values are used.
User Commands (v - z) 5. vi(1) % means all. To yank all lines: %y (The preceding command replaces 1,$y.) argument Specifies what to act on. This can be a text object (a character, word, sentence, paragraph, section, or character string) or a text position (a line, position in the current line, or screen position). Moving Within a File Enter the following subcommands in Command mode. You can cancel an incomplete subcommand by pressing .
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual b Moves the cursor backward to the beginning of a word. e Moves the cursor forward to the end of a word. W Moves the cursor forward to the beginning of a big word. B Moves the cursor backward to the beginning of a big word. E Moves the cursor forward to the end of a big word. Moving by Line Positioning Enter the following subcommands in Command mode.
User Commands (v - z) vi(1) Pages backward one screen (defaults to value of window option). Scrolls the window up one line. Scrolls the window down one line. Moves to the first nonwhite character in the next line. A count specifies the number of lines to go forward. Inserts shiftwidth white space in input mode, if at the beginning of the line or preceded only by white space. This inserted space can only be backed over using .
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ’x Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line marked x. Adjusting the Screen Enter the following subcommands in Command mode. An incomplete subcommand can be cancelled by pressing . Clears and redraws the screen. Redraws the screen and eliminates blank lines marked with a @. z Redraws the screen with the current line at the top of the screen. z- Redraws the screen with the current line at the bottom of the screen. z.
User Commands (v - z) vi(1) ^ Ends autoindent for this line only. 0 Moves the cursor back to the left margin. Quotes a nonprinting character. Changing Text from Command Mode Use the following subcommands in Command mode. An incomplete subcommand can be cancelled by pressing . C Changes the rest of the line (c$). c Must be followed by a movement command. Deletes the specified region of text and enters input mode to replace it with the entered text.
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual >L Shifts all lines from the cursor to the end of the screen to the right. (The > character describes a range upon which the L subcommand acts.) ~ Changes the letter at the cursor to the opposite case. Copying and Moving Text Use the following subcommands in Command mode. An incomplete subcommand can be cancelled by pressing . p (P) Puts back text in the undo buffer after (before) the cursor.
User Commands (v - z) vi(1) :q Quits vi. If you have changed the contents of the editing buffer, vi displays a warning message and does not quit. :q! Quits vi, discarding the editing buffer with no warning. :sh Runs a shell. You can return to vi by pressing . :w !command Runs the file through the specified shell command (causes no change to the file). :!command Runs command, then returns. :!! Repeats the last :!command command.
vi(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual :ta tag Edits a file containing tag at the location of tag. If the tag is in another file and the current file has been changed (and noaw is set), a warning is posted. To use this command, you must first create a database of function names and their locations using the ctags command. OSS does not support the ctags utility. However, vi does support ctags databases imported from other systems.
User Commands (v - z) vproc(1) NAME vproc - Displays version information for program and object files SYNOPSIS There are two ways to obtain version-procedure information: Through the Guardian VPROC utility Through the OSS vproc command To use the Guardian VPROC utility from a TACL prompt for an object in the Guardian file system: vproc [ / RUN_option, ... / ] [ filename ] To use the Guardian VPROC utility from a TACL prompt for an object in the OSS file system: vproc / { RUN_option, ...
vproc(1) filename OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Specifies the Guardian filename of the program file or object file whose version information is to be displayed. When the Guardian VPROC utility is used from a TACL prompt, the value of filename need not be fully qualified. When the Guardian VPROC utility is used through the gtacl command, the value of filename should be fully qualified and enclosed in single quotes. TACL wildcard-matching can be used.
User Commands (v - z) vproc(1) 870, 871, or 872 Indicates a TNS/R millicode file. 880 or 881 Indicates a TNS/R millicode file. All program and object files have a version. Use the version information returned by vproc to identify the code you are using when you report a problem to HP. An OSS archive file (or other file in ar format) might contain member files that do not contain version information. Member files that contain version information are listed.
vproc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Privileged code This information appears only for files with file code 100 that contain privileged code. The value is YES. Native Mode Indicates whether the file can be executed. This information appears only for files with file code 700. The possible values are runnable file and Not runnable file. TNS/E Native Mode Indicates whether the file can be executed. This information appears only for files with file code 800.
User Commands (v - z) 5. vproc(1) To display version information about an OSS ar format archive file named /usr/lib/liby.a that contains no VPROC information, enter the following from an OSS shell prompt: vproc /usr/lib/liby.a This displays information similiar to the following: /usr/lib/liby.a Last modified timestamp: 04JAN2003 04:46:26 No VPROC found in this ar-format file 6.
vproc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Native Mode: runnable file You can also use the whence or type command to find a file if you are interested only in those files accessible through your PATH environment variable values. DIAGNOSTICS ERROR: [ filename | pathname ] does not exist. Either the specified file does not exist or you made a typographical error when entering the filename or pathname value.
User Commands (v - z) wait(1) NAME wait - Reports termination status of processes SYNOPSIS wait [job] DESCRIPTION The wait command waits for the specified job and reports its termination status. If job is not given, all currently active child processes are waited for. The exit status from this command is that of the process waited for. (See Jobs for a description of the format of job.) EXIT VALUES If a specified job is not known, wait returns an exit status of 127.
wall(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME wall - Sends a message to all users SYNOPSIS wall [file] DESCRIPTION The wall command takes its input from the contents of file if you specify it; if you do not specify file, wall reads from the standard input file until either you press the End-of-File key sequence or an end-of-file is encountered. wall then sends that input as a message to all users who are logged in.
User Commands (v - z) wc(1) NAME wc - Counts lines, words, characters, and bytes SYNOPSIS wc [-c | -k | -m] [-lw] [file ...] FLAGS -c Counts bytes. -k Counts characters. -m Counts characters. -l Counts lines. -w Counts words. DESCRIPTION The wc command counts the lines, words, characters, and bytes in a file, or in the standard input file if you do not specify any files, and writes the results to the standard output file. It also keeps a total count for all named files.
wc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The numbers 27, 112, and 5 are the numbers of lines in the files text, text1, and text2, respectively, and 144 is the total number of lines in the three files. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ls(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The -k flag is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
User Commands (v - z) whatis(1) NAME whatis - Describes a command’s function SYNOPSIS whatis [-M pathname] [keyword ...] The whatis command looks up a keyword, which may be a command, system call, library function, special filename, or POSIX regular expression and displays the NAME line from the reference page. You can then issue the man command to display additional information. FLAGS -M pathname Specifies an alternative search path.
whence(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME whence - Interprets command names SYNOPSIS whence [-pv] name ... FLAGS -p The -p flag does a path search for name even if name is an alias, a function, or a reserved word. -v The -v flag produces a more verbose report. DESCRIPTION The whence command indicates how each name given in the argument name would be interpreted if it were used as a command name. The flags provide more specific information about the name or its use as a command name.
User Commands (v - z) who(1) NAME who - Identifies users currently logged in SYNOPSIS who [-mTu] The who command displays information about users on the local system. FLAGS -m Displays information about the current terminal. -T Displays the status of the terminal line and indicates who can write to that terminal as follows: -u + Writable by anyone. - Writable only by the superuser or its owner. ? Bad line encountered.
who(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. To display information about who is using the local system, enter: who Information similar to the following is displayed: super.super software.rdas 2. /G/ZTNT/#PTY6 /G/ZTNT/#PTY5 JUN 08 Jun 06 09:10 08:20 To display information about who is using the local system and their associated host machine name, enter: who -m Information similar to the following is displayed: software.
User Commands (v - z) whoami(1) NAME whoami - Displays the user name for the effective user ID SYNOPSIS whoami DESCRIPTION The whoami command displays the user name associated with your effective user ID. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: who(1). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The whoami command is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
xargs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME xargs - Constructs argument lists and runs commands SYNOPSIS xargs [-e eof_string] [-i][replace_string] | [-I replace_string] | [-r] [-l][number] |[L number] |[-n number] [-ptx] [-s size] [command] [argument ...] The xargs command constructs a command line by combining a command string, containing a command and its flags or arguments with additional arguments read from standard input.
User Commands (v - z) xargs(1) The -l, -L, and -n flags are mutually exclusive; the last one of these flags specified takes effect. -p Asks whether or not to run the command string. Trace mode (-t) is turned on to write the command instance to be executed, followed by a prompt to standard error (?...). An affirmative response read from /dev/tty executes the command. Any other response causes xargs to skip that particular invocation of the command string. You are asked about each invocation.
xargs(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual main.c readit.c gettoken.c putobj.c Then xargs constructs and runs the command: ls -l main.c readit.c gettoken.c putobj.c Each shell command line can be up to LINE_MAX bytes long. If cfiles contains more filenames than fit on a single line, then xargs runs the ls command with the filenames that fit. It then constructs and runs another ls command using the remaining filenames.
User Commands (v - z) xargs(1) locale’s equivalent of a y, and press to run the command. Press alone if you do not want to run it. EXIT STATUS The xargs command returns the following exit values: 0 All invocations of command returned exit status 0 (zero). 1-125 A command line meeting the specified requirements could be assembled, one or more of the invocations of command returned a nonzero exit status, or some other error occurred.
yacc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME yacc - Generates an LR(1) parsing program from input SYNOPSIS yacc [-vltds] [-b prefix] [-N number] [-p symbol_prefix] [-P pathname] grammar The yacc command converts a context-free grammar specification into a set of tables for a simple automaton that executes an LR(1) parsing algorithm. FLAGS -b prefix Uses prefix instead of y as the prefix for all output filenames (prefix.tab.c, prefix.tab.h, and prefix.output). -d Produces the y.tab.
User Commands (v - z) yacc(1) The general format of the yacc input file is: [ definitions ] %% [ rules ] [ %% [ user functions ] ] where definitions Is the section where you define the variables to be used later in the grammar, such as in the rules section. It is also the file where files are included (#include) and processing conditions are defined. This section is optional. rules Is the section that contains grammar rules for the parser. A yacc input file must have a rules section.
yacc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual At least one member should be an int. Any valid C data type can be defined, including structures. When you run yacc with the -d option, the definition of yylval is placed in the y.tab.h file and can be referred to in a lex input file. Every token (non-terminal symbol) must be listed in one of the preceding % definitions. Multiple tokens can be separated by white space or commas.
User Commands (v - z) yacc(1) unrecognized input. The parser always executes action after encountering the symbol that precedes it. Thus, an action can appear in the middle of a symbol-sequence, after each symbol-sequence, or after multiple instances of symbol-sequence. In the last case, action is executed when the parser matches any of the sequences. The action consists of standard C code within braces and can also take the following values, variables, and keywords.
yacc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual } int yyerror(s); char *s; { fprintf(stderr,"%s\n",s); return (0); } Comments, in C syntax, can appear anywhere in the user functions or definitions sections. In the rules section, comments can appear wherever a symbol is allowed. Blank lines or lines consisting of white space can be inserted anywhere in the file, and are ignored.
User Commands (v - z) calc yacc(1) The executable program file. You can then run the program directly by entering: calc Then enter numbers and operators in calculator fashion. After you press , the program displays the result of the operation.
yacc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual | expr ’*’ expr { $$ = $1 * $3; | expr ’/’ expr { $$ = $1 / $3; } | expr ’%’ expr { $$ = $1 % $3; | expr ’+’ expr { $$ = $1 + $3; | expr ’-’ expr { $$ = $1 - $3; | expr ’&’ expr { $$ = $1 & $3; | expr ’|’ expr { $$ = $1 | $3; | ’-’ expr %prec UMINUS { $$ = -$2; | LETTER { $$ = regs[$1]; | number ; number : | DIGIT { number { } } } } } } } } $$ = $1; base = ($1==0) ? 8:10; } DIGIT $$ = base * $1 + $2; } ; %% main() { return(yyparse()); } yyerror(s) c
User Commands (v - z) • yacc(1) Defines the operators and their precedence. Rules Section The rules section defines the rules that parse the input stream. Programs Section The programs section contains the following routines. Because these routines are included in this file, you do not need to use the yacc library when processing this file. main() The required main program that calls yyparse() to start the program. yyerror(s) This error handling routine only prints a syntax error message.
yacc(1) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual yacc.tmp Temporary file. yacc.debug Temporary file. yacc.acts Temporary file. /usr/ccs/lib/yaccpar Default skeleton parser for C programs. /usr/ccs/lib/liby.a yacc library. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: lex(1).
User Commands (v - z) zcat(1) NAME zcat - Expands compressed data SYNOPSIS zcat [-n] [file[.Z] ... ] FLAGS -n Specifies that no header is added or expected. This flag might be useful for expanding old files. DESCRIPTION The zcat command writes the uncompressed version of a compressed file to the standard output file. The compressed (.Z) file remains intact. zcat is identical to the command uncompress -c. You can specify the compressed target file with or without the .
Section 11. File Format Reference Pages This section contains reference pages for selected OSS file formats. See the Open System Services System Calls Reference Manual for other reference pages you might expect to find in this section.
charmap(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME charmap - Defines character symbols as character encodings DESCRIPTION The character set description (charmap) source file defines character symbols as character encodings. The CHARMAP Section The CHARMAP section must precede all other sections in the charmap file. The CHARMAP section of the charmap file maps symbolic character names to code points. All supported code sets have the portable character set as a proper subset.
File Format Reference Pages charmap(4) L \x22 L L L \x4E L \x23 L L L \x4F L L L L \x50 \x24 L L L L \x51 \x25 L LL L L \x26 L L L \x52 \x27 L LL L \x53 \x28 L LL L \x54 L \x29 L L L \x55 \x2A L LL L \x56 L \x2B L L L ex57 L \x58 L L L \x6C L \x59 L L L \x6D L \x5A L L L \x6E L \x5B L L L \x6F
charmap(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Specifies the escape character that indicates encodings in hexadecimal or octal notation. The default value is a \ (backslash). Specifies the character used to indicate a comment within a charmap file. The default value is a # (number sign). • Mapping statements for the defined coded character set. Each statement in this section lists a symbolic name for a character and its associated encodings.
File Format Reference Pages charmap(4) Although you cannot assign multiple encodings to one symbolic name, you can create multiple names for one encoded value. This is because some characters have several common names. For example, the "." character is called a period in some parts of the world, and a full stop in others. Both names may appear in the charmap. For example: \x2e \x2e If used, comments must begin with the character specified by the special symbolic name.
hosts(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME hosts - Contains information about the hosts in the network DESCRIPTION The /etc/hosts file contains information about the hosts in the network. A host entry consists of a host address in standard dot notation and the host name. The entry can optionally contain aliases for the host name. Each entry takes the following form: address name aliases The fields contain the following information. address The host address in standard dot notation.
File Format Reference Pages hosts.equiv(4) NAME hosts.equiv - Describes node file for trusted remote hosts and users SYNOPSIS /etc/hosts.equiv DESCRIPTION The /etc/hosts.equiv and .rhosts files provide the "remote authentication" database for the rsh command. The files specify remote hosts and users that are considered trusted. Only trusted users from the remote host are allowed to access the local system. The /etc/hosts.
ipnodes(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ipnodes - Defines the hosts using IPv6 network addresses DESCRIPTION The Guardian IPNODES file is the IPv6-equivalent of the IPv4 /etc/hosts file. It contains IP addresses and host names, where the IP addresses can be either in IPv4 or IPv6 format. Guardian DEFINEs determine whether a name resolution service is searched first, or whether the local databases (the IPNODES and hosts files) are searched first. If the DEFINEs =TCPIPˆNODEˆFILE, $SYSTEM.
File Format Reference Pages ipnodes(4) FILES /G/SYSTEM/ZTCPIP/IPNODES Contains the network host definitions for IPv6 addresses. /etc/hosts Contains the network host definitions for IPv4 addresses. RELATED INFORMATION Files: hosts(4), networks(4), protocols(4), services(4). Functions: freeaddrinfo(3), gai_strerror(3), getaddrinfo(3), getnameinfo(3), if_freenameindex(3), if_indextoname(3), if_nameindex(3), if_nametoindex(3), inet_ntop(3), inet_pton(3).
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME locale - Contains one or more categories that describe a locale DESCRIPTION For information on writing programs that use the internationalization features of Open System Services, refer to the Software Internationalization Guide. A locale definition source file contains one or more categories that describe a locale. Files using this format can be converted into a locale by using the localedef command.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) be defined in the provided character set description source file (charmap). A character literal is the character itself, or else a decimal, hexadecimal, or octal constant. A decimal constant is of the following form: \dddd where d is a decimal digit. A hexadecimal constant is of the following form: \xxxx where x is a hexadecimal digit. An octal constant is of the following form: \ooo where o is an octal digit.
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual A character_symbol argument defined by the collating-element statement is recognized only within the LC_COLLATE category. collating-symbol The collating-symbol statement is used to specify collation symbols for use in collation sequence statements.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) The have the following syntax: keyword, keyword,...,keyword where keyword is one of the keywords forward, backward, no-substitute, and position. The sort_rules directives are optional. If present, they define the rules to apply during string comparison. The number of specified sort_rules directives defines the number of weights each collating element is assigned; that is, the number of collation orders in the locale.
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The use of the ellipsis keyword results in a locale that may collate differently when compiled with different character set description (charmap) source files. For this reason, the localedef command will issue a warning when the ellipsis keyword is encountered. The UNDEFINED special symbol includes all coded character set values not specified explicitly or with an ellipsis symbol.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) All operands for LC_CTYPE category statements are defined as lists of characters. Each list consists of one or more semicolon-separated characters or symbolic character names. The following keywords are recognized in the LC_CTYPE category. In the descriptions, the term automatically included means that an error does not occur if the referenced characters are included or omitted.
locale(4) blank OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Defines blank characters. If this keyword is not specified, the space and horizontal tab characters are included in this character class. Any characters defined by this statement are automatically included in the space class. toupper Defines the mapping of lowercase characters to uppercase characters. Operands for this keyword consist of comma-separated character pairs.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) ;;;;;\ ;;;;;;;;;\ ;;;;;;;;\ ;;;;; # punct # xdigit # blank # toupper ;;;\ ;;;;\ ;;;\ ;;;;;\ ;;;
locale(4) nostr OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Specifies the locale’s equivalents of an acceptable negative response. This string is accessible to applications through the nl_langinfo subroutine as nl_langinfo (NOSTR).
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) mon_thousands_sep keyword is ’, the following results occur: mon_grouping Value Formatted Value 3 123456’789 3;0 123’456’789 3;2 1234’56’789 3;2;0 12’34’56’789 positive_sign Specifies the string used to indicate a nonnegative-valued formatted monetary quantity. negative_sign Specifies the string used to indicate a negative-valued formatted monetary quantity.
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 1 Indicates that the currency symbol precedes the monetary quantity. n_sep_by_space Specifies an integer value indicating whether the int_curr_symbol or currency_symbol string is separated by a space from a negative-formatted monetary quantity. The following integer values are recognized: 0 Indicates that no space separates the currency symbol from the monetary quantity.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) debit_sign Specifies the string used for the debit symbol (DB) to indicate a negative-formatted monetary quantity. credit_sign Specifies the string used for the credit symbol (CR) to indicate a nonnegativeformatted monetary quantity. left_parenthesis Specifies the character, equivalent to a ( (left parenthesis), used by the p_sign_posn and n_sign_posn statements to enclose a monetary quantity and currency symbol.
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual left_parenthesis right_parenthesis # END LC_MONETARY "" "" The LC_NUMERIC Category The LC_NUMERIC category of a locale definition source file defines rules and symbols for formatting nonmonetary numeric information. This category begins with an LC_NUMERIC category header and terminates with an END LC_NUMERIC category trailer. All operands for the LC_NUMERIC category keywords are defined as string or integer values.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) The following is an example of a possible LC_NUMERIC category listed in a locale definition source file: LC_NUMERIC # decimal_point thousands_sep grouping <3>;<0> # END LC_NUMERIC "" "" The LC_TIME Category The LC_TIME category of a locale definition source file defines rules and symbols for formatting time and date information. This category begins with an LC_TIME category header and terminates with an END LC_TIME category trailer.
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual d_fmt Defines the string used for the standard date format corresponding to the %x field descriptor. The string can contain any combination of characters and field descriptors. t_fmt Defines the string used for the standard time format corresponding to the %X field descriptor. The string can contain any combination of characters and field descriptors. am_pm Defines the strings used to represent a.m. (before noon) and p.m.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) era_year Defines the string used to represent the year in alternate-era format corresponding to the %Ey field descriptor. The string can contain any combination of characters and field descriptors. era_d_fmt Defines the string used to represent the date in alternate-era format corresponding to the %Ex field descriptor. The string can contain any combination of characters and field descriptors.
locale(4) 11−26 OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual %C Represents the century as a decimal number (00 to 99). %d Represents the day of the month as a decimal number (01 to 31). %D Represents the date in %m/%d/%y format (for example, 01/31/91). %e Represents the day of the month as a decimal number (1 to 31). The %e field descriptor uses a 2-digit field. If the day of the month is not a 2-digit number, the leading digit is filled with a space character.
File Format Reference Pages locale(4) %OW Specifies the week number of the year (Monday as the first day of the week) using the locale’s alternate numeric symbols. %Oy Specifies the year (offset from %C) in alternate representation. %p Represents the a.m. or p.m. string defined by the am_pm statement. %r Represents the 12-hour clock time with a.m./p.m. notation as defined by the t_fmt_ampm statement. %S Represents the seconds of the minute as a decimal number (00 to 59).
locale(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual #Full month names (%B) mon "";"";\ "";"";"";\ ";"";"";\ "";"";\ ";"" #Date and time format (%c) #Note that for improved readability, this section uses actual #characters, rather than symbolic names, and is inconsistent with #the other se
File Format Reference Pages netrc(4) NAME netrc - file for ftp remote login data DESCRIPTION The .netrc file contains data for logging in to a remote host over the network for file transfers by ftp(1). This file resides in the user’s home directory on the machine initiating the file transfer. Its permissions should be set to disallow read access by group and others (see the chmod(1) reference page).
networks(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME networks - Contains network name information DESCRIPTION The /etc/networks file contains information about the known networks that constitute the DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) Internet. Each network is represented by a single line in the networks file. The format for the entries in the networks file is as follows: name number aliases The fields contain the following: name The official network name.
File Format Reference Pages .proto(4) NAME .proto - Defines the environment for a job to be processed by an at or batch command SYNOPSIS /var/adm/cron/.proto DESCRIPTION This file contains a set of shell commands that are added to the end of each at or batch job file to create an environment for the job. This set of commands is defined by the site; a prototype is provided by Compaq. When a job is submitted to an at or batch queue, the job is constructed as a shell script.
.proto(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual export CDPATH; . . . TERM=’dumb’; export TERM; . . . export PATH; . . . export HOME; # # COPYRIGHT NOTICE # . . . # cd /home/ali ulimit 4194303 umask 0 /bin/sh << ’QAZWSXEDCRFVTGBYHNUJMIKOLP’ /home/arindam /test.sh The prototype file (.proto) contents begin with the # characters and have been appended after the environment variables are set. The /bin/sh command and the /home/arindam /test.
File Format Reference Pages protocols(4) NAME protocols - Defines the Internet protocols used on the local host DESCRIPTION The /etc/protocols file contains information about the known protocols used in the DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency) Internet. Each protocol is represented by a single line in the protocols file. Each entry is of the following form: name number aliases The fields contain the following information: name Official Internet protocol name. number Protocol number.
queuedefs(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME queuedefs - Describes queues for the at, batch, and cron commands DESCRIPTION The queuedefs file describes the characteristics of the queues managed by the cron demon. Each noncomment line in this file describes one queue. The format of a line is as follows: q.
File Format Reference Pages queuedefs(4) RELATED INFORMATION Commands: crontab(1), cron(8). Functions: nice(2).
resolv.conf(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME resolv.conf - Describes BIND 4 Domain Name System resolver configuration file DESCRIPTION The configuration file /etc/resolv.conf provides an explicit default domain name for the Domain Name System (DNS) to use, and identifies name servers on other processors. Each entry in the file is a directive that consists of a keyword followed by one or more values: keyword value The /etc/resolv.
File Format Reference Pages .rhosts(4) NAME .rhosts - Describes individual user files for trusted remote hosts and users SYNOPSIS ~/.rhosts DESCRIPTION The /etc/hosts.equiv and .rhosts files provide the "remote authentication" database for the rsh command. The files specify remote hosts and users that are considered trusted. Only trusted users from the remote hosts are allowed to access the local system. The /etc/hosts.
.rhosts(4) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual STANDARDS CONFORMANCE This file is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
File Format Reference Pages services(4) NAME services - Contains information about Internet services DESCRIPTION The /etc/services file contains information about services available through the Internet. A service entry consists of a service name followed by a port number and protocol, and it can optionally contain aliases for the service.
Section 12. Administrator Commands and Files This section contains reference pages for miscellaneous OSS files from the cat7 directory and administrator command reference pages from the cat8 directory. See the Open System Services System Calls Reference Manual for other reference pages you might expect to find in this section.
copyoss(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME copyoss - Copies the contents of pax archive files from the Guardian environment to the OSS file system SYNOPSIS [ gtacl -c ´ ] [ $tsv.tsvsvl.]copyoss [ ? | [ filename | subvolname ] ... ] [´] gtacl -c ´ is a required prefix of this command for users of the OSS shell, but this prefix must be omitted by users of the HP Tandem Advanced Command Language (TACL) command interpreter.
Administrator Commands and Files copyoss(8) If you specify more than one operand for COPYOSS, you can mix subvolume names and filenames. EXAMPLES 1. To copy all the files in the pax archives distributed with the OSS product to the OSS file system, enter the following two commands at TACL prompts: VOLUME $SYSTEM.ZOSSUTL RUN COPYOSS ZOSSUTL where $SYSTEM.ZOSSUTL is the name of the target subvolume from an installation of the OSS product set. 2.
copyoss(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual RELATED INFORMATION Commands: gtacl(1), pax(1), pcleanup(8), pinstall(1). Files: tar(4). STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The copyoss command is an extension to the XPG4 Version 2 specification.
Administrator Commands and Files cron(8) NAME cron - Runs the system clock demon SYNOPSIS cron DESCRIPTION The cron demon runs shell commands at specified dates and times. Commands that are to run according to a regular or periodic schedule are found within the crontab files. Commands that are to run only once are found within the at files. You submit crontab and at file entries by using the crontab and at commands.
cron(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual FILES /bin/cron cron demon code file. /var/adm/cron/queuedefs queue description file for at, batch, and cron. /var/adm/cron/log Most recent cron history information. NOTES Only one copy of cron should be running at a given time. HP recommends starting cron as a named process and always using the same name for that process to ensure this situation. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: crontab(1). Files: queuedefs(4).
Administrator Commands and Files dig(8) NAME dig - BIND 9 Domain Name System (DNS) server lookup utility SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/dig [global_queryopt ... ] [@server ] [-b address[#port ] ] [-c class ] [-f filename1 ] [-h ] [-k filename2 ] [-p port# ] [-t type ] [-x addr ] [-y name:key ] [-4 | -6 ] [name ] [type ] [class ] [queryopt ... ] FLAGS When no command line flags, arguments, or options are given, dig performs an NS query for the . (root) server.
dig(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual When an incremental zone transfer (IXFR) is required, set type to ixfr=N. The incremental zone transfer contains the changes made to the zone since the serial number in the zone’s SOA record was N. -x addr Simplifies reverse lookups (mapping addresses to names). addr is an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation, or a colon-delimited IPv6 address. When this flag is used, you do not need to provide the name, class, and type arguments.
Administrator Commands and Files +[no]ignore dig(8) Ignore [do not ignore] truncation in UDP responses instead of retrying with TCP. By default, TCP retries are performed. +domain=somename Set the search list to contain the single domain somename, as if specified in a domain directive in the /etc/resolv.conf file, and enable search list processing as if the +search option were given. +[no]search Use [do not use] the search list defined by the searchlist or domain directive in the /etc/resolv.
dig(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual +[no]identify Show [do not show] the IP address and port number that supplied the answer when the +short option is enabled. If short form answers are requested, the default is to not show the source address and port number of the server that provided the answer. +[no]comments Display [do not display] comment lines in the output. The default is to print comments.
Administrator Commands and Files dig(8) +[no]multiline Print [do not print] records like the SOA records in a verbose multiline format with human-readable comments. The default is to print each record on a single line, to facilitate machine parsing of the dig output. +[no]fail Try [do not try] the next server if you receive a SERVFAIL response. The default is to not try the next server, which is the reverse of normal stub resolver behavior.
dig(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual /etc/resolv.conf and queries the name servers listed there. The reply from the name server that responds is displayed. name is the name of the resource record that is to be looked up. type indicates what type of query is required: ANY, A, MX, SIG, and so forth. type can be any valid query type. If no type argument is supplied, dig performs a lookup for an A record.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec-keygen(8) NAME dnssec-keygen - Runs the BIND 9 secure domain name server DNSSEC key generation tool SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/dnssec-keygen -a algorithm -b keysize -n nametype [ -c class ] [ -e ] [ -f flag ] [ -g generator ] [ -h ] [ -k ] [ -p protocol ] [ -r randomdev ] [ -s strength ] [ -t type ] [ -v level ] name FLAGS -a algorithm ... Selects the cryptographic algorithm to be used. The value of algorithm must be one or more of: RSAMD5 Specifies RSA.
dnssec-keygen(8) -n nametype OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Specifies the owner type of the key. The value of nametype must be one of: ZONE Specifies a DNSSEC zone key (KEY/DNSKEY). HOST Specifies a key associated with a host (KEY). ENTITY Specifies a key associated with a host (KEY). USER Specifies a key associated with a user (KEY). OTHER Specifies a DNSKEY. These values are case-insensitive. -c class Indicates that the DNS record containing the key should have the specified class.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec-keygen(8) NOCONF -v level Operands name Do not use for data encryption. Sets the debugging level. Specifies the domain name for which the security information should be generated. DESCRIPTION dnssec-keygen generates keys for secure DNS, as defined in RFC 2535. It can also generate keys for use with TSIG (transaction signatures), as defined in RFC 2845. Generated Keys When dnssec-keygen completes successfully, it prints a string of the form Knnnn.
dnssec-signzone(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME dnssec-signzone - Runs the BIND 9 secure domain name server DNSSEC zone signing tool SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/dnssec-signzone [ -a ] [ -c class ] [ -d directory ] [ -e end_time ] [ -f output_file ] [ -g ] [ -h ] [ -k key ] [ -l domain ] [ -i interval ] [ -n nthreads ] [ -o origin ] [ -p ] [ -r randomdev ] [ -s start_time ] [ -t ] [ -v level ] [ -z ] zonefile [key [...] ] FLAGS 12−16 -a Verify all generated signatures.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec-signzone(8) -f output-file The name of the output file containing the signed zone. The default is to append .signed to the input file. -h Prints a short help summary of the flags and values to dnssec-signzone. -i interval When a previously signed zone is passed as input, records may be re-signed. The interval option specifies the cycle interval as an offset from the current time (in seconds). If an RRSIG record expires after the cycle interval, it is retained.
dnssec-signzone(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLE The following command signs the example.com zone with the DSA key generated by the example in the dnssec-keygen(8) reference page. The zone’s keys must be in the zone. If there are keyset files associated with child zones, they must be in the current directory. dnssec-signzone -o example.com db.example.com Kexample.com.+003+26160 In this example, dnssec-signzone creates the file db.example.com.signed.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec_lwresd(8) NAME lwresd - Starts the secure BIND 9 lightweight resolver demon SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/lwresd [ -C config_file ] [ -d debug_level ] [ -f ] [ -g ] [ -n ncpus ] [ -P port1 ] [ -p port2 ] [ -s ] [ -t directory ] [ -T tcpip_process_name ] [ -u user ] [ -v ] FLAGS -C config_file Use config_file as the resolver configuration file instead of the default, /etc/resolv.conf.
dnssec_lwresd(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual -T tcpip_process_name Start lwresd using the transport provider named tcpip_process_name. The process name must be specified as an OSS pathname for a Guardian process; that is, /G/ZTC0 is a valid specification. This flag overrides the default behavior of starting with the process $ZTC0 as the transport provider process.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec_named(8) NAME named - Starts the secure BIND 9 Internet domain name server SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/named [ -4 | -6 ] [ -c config_file ] [ -d debug_level ] [ -f ] [ -g ] [ -n ncpus ] [ -p port ] [ -s ] [ -T tcpip_process_name ] [ -t directory ] [ -u user ] [ -v ] [ -x cache_file ] FLAGS -4 Use IPv4 addresses even if the node supports IPv6 addresses. If neither -4 nor -6 are specified, both types of addresses can be used.
dnssec_named(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual with root user privileges to escape a chroot jail. -T tcpip_process_name Start the domain name server so that it uses the transport provider process with the process name tcpip_process_name. The process name must be specified as an OSS pathname for a Guardian process; that is, /G/ZTC0 is a valid specification. This flag overrides the default behavior of starting with the process $ZTC0 as the transport provider process.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec_nsupdate(8) NAME nsupdate - Starts the secure BIND 9 dynamic domain name system (DNS) update utility SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/nsupdate [ -d ] [ [ -y keyname:secret ] [ -k keyfile ] ] [ -v ] [ filename ] DESCRIPTION nsupdate is used to submit Dynamic DNS Update requests (as defined in RFC2136) to a BIND 9 domain name server. This allows resource records to be added or removed from a zone without manually editing the zone file.
dnssec_nsupdate(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual present or missing from the zone. A blank input line (or the send command) causes the accumulated commands to be sent as one Dynamic DNS update request to the domain name server. The command formats and their meaning are as follows: server servername [ port ] Sends all dynamic update requests to the name server servername. When no server statement is provided, nsupdate sends updates to the master server of the correct zone.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec_nsupdate(8) update add domain_name ttl [ class ] type data... Adds a new resource record with the specified ttl, class, and data. show Displays the current message, containing all of the prerequisites and updates specified since the last send. send Sends the current message. This is equivalent to entering a blank line. Lines beginning with a semicolon are comments, and are ignored.
dnssec_rndc(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME rndc - Starts the secure BIND 9 Internet domain name server control utility SYNOPSIS /etc/dns_secure/rndc [ -c config_file ] [ -k key_file ] [ -s server ] [ -p port ] [ -V ] [ -y key_id ] command FLAGS -c config_file Use config_file as the configuration file instead of the default, /etc/rndc.conf. -k key_file Use key_file as the key file instead of the default, /etc/rndc.key. The key in /etc/rndc.
Administrator Commands and Files dnssec_rndc(8) NOTES rndc does not yet support all the commands of the BIND 8 ndc utility. There is currently no way to provide the shared secret for a key_id without using the configuration file. Several error messages could be clearer. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: dnssec_named(8), dnssec_nsupdate(8), named(8), nsupdate(8). Files: named.conf(4). Documents: BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual.
ftpserver(7) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME ftp server - Services FTP connection requests DESCRIPTION The FTP server for the OSS environment is a program called FTPSERV that runs as a process in the Guardian environment. FTPSERV is called to service each FTP connection request for either environment. FTPSERV is invoked by the Guardian LISTNER process each time a connection to an FTP server process is requested.
Administrator Commands and Files ftpserver(7) QUIT terminate the session RETR retrieve a file RMD remove a directory RNFR specify rename_from filename RNTO specify rename_to filename SITE provide system-specific services STOR store a file STRU specify data transfer structure (store unique) TYPE specify data transfer type USER specify user name XPWD print the current working directory The remaining FTP commands specified in RFC 959 are recognized but not implemented.
ftpserver(7) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual SHOWOPEN { ON | OFF } When the Guardian file system is used, the SITE SHOWOPEN command displays (ON) or does not display (OFF) an open flag (an O next to the filecode field) when the FTP client’s DIR command is used and a listed file has at least one current open. If the SITE SHOWOPEN command is not used, no open flags are displayed.
Administrator Commands and Files ftpserver(7) 1yz Positive Preliminary reply. The requested action is being initiated; expect another reply before proceeding with a new command. 2yz Positive Completion reply. The requested action completed successfully. A new request may be initiated. 3yz Positive Intermediate reply. The command was accepted, but the requested action is pending, waiting for further information. The user should send another command specifying the information.
ftpserver(7) 12−32 OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 504 Command not implemented for that parameter. 211 System status, or system help reply. 212 Directory status. 213 File status. 214 Help message. 120 Service ready in nnn minutes. 220 Service ready for new user. 221 Service closing control connection. Logged out if appropriate. 421 Service not available, closing control connection. This may be a reply to any command if the service knows it must shut down.
Administrator Commands and Files ftpserver(7) 552 Requested file action aborted. Exceeded storage allocation (for current directory or dataset). 553 Requested action not taken. File name not allowed. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: ftp(1), sh(1).
inetd(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME inetd - The Internet superserver SYNOPSIS /usr/ucb/inetd [ -d ] [ -L ] [ -R rate ] [ -W process_name ] [ configfile ] FLAGS -d Turns on debugging. -L Turns on load balancing. When load balancing is performed, inetd runs external server service programs on all available processors in cyclic order, or on the set of processors specified for an external service in the Proc entry of an inetd configuration file.
Administrator Commands and Files inetd(8) SockType One of stream, dgram, or raw, depending on whether the socket is a stream, datagram, or raw socket. ProtoName A valid protocol as given in /etc/protocols. Examples are tcp or udp. Wait/Nowait Applicable to datagram sockets only. (Other sockets should have a nowait entry in this space.
inetd(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual EXAMPLES 1. To start inetd as a named process and restrict it to satisfying approximately 10 service requests per minute, enter: /usr/ucb/inetd -R 10 -W /G/INETD /etc/inetd.conf & 2. To start inetd as a named process and perform load balancing for the rexecd service using processors 2 through 4, enter: /usr/ucb/inetd -R 10 -W /G/INETD -L & using an /etc/inetd.conf configuration file that contains the following entry: exec stream tcp nowait super.
Administrator Commands and Files inetd(8) STANDARDS CONFORMANCE The following are HP extensions to traditional UNIX implementations of inetd: 527188-007 • The -L and -W parameters of the inetd command line • The Proc field of the configuration file entries.
lwresd(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME lwresd - Starts the nonsecure BIND 9 lightweight resolver demon SYNOPSIS /etc/dns923/lwresd [ -C config_file ] [ -d debug_level ] [ -f ] [ -g ] [ -n ncpus ] [ -P port1 ] [ -p port2 ] [ -s ] [ -t directory ] [ -T tcpip_process_name ] [ -u user ] [ -v ] FLAGS -C config_file Use config_file as the resolver configuration file instead of the default, /etc/resolv.conf.
Administrator Commands and Files lwresd(8) -T tcpip_process_name Start lwresd using the transport provider named tcpip_process_name. The process name must be specified as an OSS pathname for a Guardian process; that is, /G/ZTC0 is a valid specification. This flag overrides the default behavior of starting with the process $ZTC0 as the transport provider process. -u user Change the user ID to user after completing privileged operations, such as creating sockets that listen on privileged ports.
merge_whatis(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME merge_whatis - Creates and updates the whatis database file used by the apropos, man, and whatis commands SYNOPSIS merge_whatis [ MANPATH_entry ] FLAGS MANPATH_entry Specifies the absolute pathname of the directory in which the whatis database file should be located. If this operand is omitted, the default directory expected by the man command (/usr/share/man) is used.
Administrator Commands and Files merge_whatis(8) MANPATH_entry operand when that operand is used. The values used for fragment must not include an asterisk (*). NOTES Any existing whatis file is saved as whatis_old. DIAGNOSTICS The merge_whatis command issues the following error messages to the standard output file: Usage: merge_whatis [MANPATH_entry] Too many operands were specified. Check for extra blanks in the input line and reenter the command. MANPATH_entry does not exist.
named(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME named - Starts the nonsecure BIND 9 Internet domain name server SYNOPSIS /etc/dns923/named [ -c config_file ] [ -d debug_level ] [ -f ] [ -g ] [ -n ncpus ] [ -p port ] [ -s ] [ -t directory ] [ -u user ] [ -v ] [ -x cache_file ] FLAGS -c config_file Use config_file as the configuration file instead of the default, /etc/named.conf.
Administrator Commands and Files -x cache_file named(8) Load data from cache_file into the cache of the default view. Caution: This option must not be used. It is only of interest to BIND 9 developers and might be removed or changed in a future release. DESCRIPTION named is a domain name system (DNS) server, part of the BIND 9 distribution from the Internet Software Consortium (ISC). For more information on the DNS, see RFCs 1033, 1034, and 1035.
nsupdate(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME nsupdate - Starts the nonsecure BIND 9 dynamic domain name system (DNS) update utility SYNOPSIS /etc/dns923/nsupdate [ -d ] [ [ -y keyname:secret ] [ -k keyfile ] ] [ -v ] [ filename ] DESCRIPTION nsupdate is used to submit Dynamic DNS Update requests (as defined in RFC2136) to a BIND 9 domain name server. This allows resource records to be added or removed from a zone without manually editing the zone file.
Administrator Commands and Files nsupdate(8) present or missing from the zone. A blank input line (or the send command) causes the accumulated commands to be sent as one Dynamic DNS update request to the domain name server. The command formats and their meaning are as follows: server servername [ port ] Sends all dynamic update requests to the name server servername. When no server statement is provided, nsupdate sends updates to the master server of the correct zone.
nsupdate(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual update add domain_name ttl [ class ] type data... Adds a new resource record with the specified ttl, class, and data. show Displays the current message, containing all of the prerequisites and updates specified since the last send. send Sends the current message. This is equivalent to entering a blank line. Lines beginning with a semicolon are comments, and are ignored.
Administrator Commands and Files Pcleanup(8) NAME Pcleanup - Moves or removes obsolete OSS files SYNOPSIS Pcleanup -i | -r { source | target } | -? Pcleanup -m [-?] FLAGS -i Displays a list of all obsolete OSS files, as identified within the remove-list files in the /etc/install_obsolete directory. -m Moves all obsolete files specified within the remove-list files in the /etc/install_obsolete directory to the /etc/install_obsolete directory but does not delete them.
Pcleanup(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NOTES On systems where the Distributed Software Management/Software Configuration Manager (DSM/SCM) product is used to install HP product files from the ZOSSUTL subvolume and maintain those files in the OSS file system, do not use Pcleanup with any option other than -i or -?. Moving or removing files installed by DSM/SCM can invalidate the DSM/SCM database used for file maintenance. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: pax(1), pinstall(1).
Administrator Commands and Files pcleanup(8) NAME pcleanup - See the Pcleanup(8) reference page DESCRIPTION The first character of the Pcleanup command must be uppercase.
portmap(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME portmap - Maps TCP/IP ports to Remote Procedure Call (RPC) program numbers SYNOPSIS [ ADD DEFINE =TCPIPˆHOSTˆFILE, FILE hostfile ] [ ADD DEFINE =TCPIPˆRESOLVERˆNAME, FILE resconffile ] [ ADD DEFINE =TCPIPˆPROCESSˆNAME, FILE process ] [ \node.]PORTMAP / NAME $ZPMn, NOWAIT / [ param ] [ , param ] . . . FLAGS hostfile Specifies the Guardian filename of the TCP/IP host definition file.
Administrator Commands and Files portmap(8) enforced by HP software. The value used does not need to contain any specific collection of letters or the digit n. node Specifies the Expand node name of the NonStop server node on which to run the portmapper process. If this value is omitted, the portmapper process is run on the local NonStop server node. n The value you specify depends on whether you use conventional TCP/IP or parallel library TCP/IP.
portmap(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual COLLECTOR cname Specifies the Guardian process name of the Event Management Service (EMS) server process that collects event messages from the portmapper process. If this option is omitted, the primary EMS collector ($0) is used. In addition to the NOWAIT option, other TACL RUN command options (such as CPU and PRI) are also valid in this command. Refer to the TACL Reference Manual for a description of the RUN command.
Administrator Commands and Files portmap(8) • Each TCP/IP server is associated with a host name and an IP address (called a Host ID in Subsystem Control Facility [SCF] displays). The corresponding portmapper process returns information for that IP address.
rexecd(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME rexecd - Starts the remote execution server SYNOPSIS rexecd DESCRIPTION rexecd is the local server for the rexec( ) function available on remote UNIX systems. The server provides remote execution facilities with authentication based on user names and passwords. rexecd listens for service requests at the port indicated in the exec service specification of the /etc/services file. When a service request is received, the following steps occur: 1.
Administrator Commands and Files rexecd(8) password too long The password is longer than 80 characters. command too long The command line passed exceeds the size of the argument list (as configured into the system). Login incorrect. The user name and password could not be validated. No remote directory. The chdir( ) function call to the home directory failed. Try again. A fork( ) function call by the server failed. shellname: ... The user’s login shell, identified as shellname, could not be started.
rndc(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME rndc - Starts the nonsecure BIND 9 Internet domain name server control utility SYNOPSIS /etc/dns923/rndc [ -c config_file ] [ -k key_file ] [ -s server ] [ -p port ] [ -V ] [ -y key_id ] command FLAGS -c config_file Use config_file as the configuration file instead of the default, /etc/rndc.conf. -k key_file Use key_file as the key file instead of the default, /etc/rndc.key. The key in /etc/rndc.
Administrator Commands and Files rndc(8) rndc reads a configuration file to determine how to contact the name server and decide what algorithm and key it should use. NOTES rndc does not yet support all the commands of the BIND 8 ndc utility. There is currently no way to provide the shared secret for a key_id without using the configuration file. Several error messages could be clearer. RELATED INFORMATION Commands: dnssec_named(8), dnssec_nsupdate(8), named(8), nsupdate(8). Files: named.conf(4).
rpcinfo(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual NAME rpcinfo - Reports or changes Remote Procedure Call (RPC) information SYNOPSIS [ ADD DEFINE =ZRPCˆRPCˆFILE, FILE rpcfile ] [ ADD DEFINE =TCPIPˆHOSTˆFILE, FILE hostfile ] [ ADD DEFINE =TCPIPˆRESOLVERˆNAME, FILE resconffile ] [ ADD DEFINE =TCPIPˆPROCESSˆNAME, FILE process ] [ \node.]RPCINFO -p [ -u | -t ] [ target ] [ \node.]RPCINFO [ -n portnum ] { -u | -t } host program [ version ] [ \node.]RPCINFO -b program version [ \node.
Administrator Commands and Files rpcinfo(8) DEFINE is specified. For information on creating a TCP/IP domain name resolver configuration file, refer to the TCP/IP (Parallel Library) Configuration and Management Manual or the TCP/IP Configuration and Management Manual. process Specifies the Guardian process name of the standard process that provides an IP address for the portmapper process. The value you specify depends on whether you use conventional TCP/IP or parallel library TCP/IP.
rpcinfo(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual The associated flags specify the TCP/IP client protocol used to contact the portmapper process, as follows: -t Use the TCP protocol. -u Use the UDP protocol. If neither flag is specified, TCP protocol is used. -n portnum { -u | -t } Makes an RPC call using the port identified within the TCP/IP host definition file by portnum and reports whether a response is received.
Administrator Commands and Files rpcinfo(8) -b Makes an RPC broadcast to procedure 0 of a targeted RPC program that is identified by the other specified options and reports whether a response is received. -d Deletes the registration of a targeted RPC program that is identified by the other specified options. This flag can be specified only by the super ID (255,255 in the Guardian environment, 65535 in the OSS environment).
rpcinfo(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual 4. The following example deletes the registration for version 1 of the RPC program identified by the program number 1073741824: RPCINFO -d 1073741824 1 5. The following example shows typical RPC program definition file information for a node that has the Network File System (NFS) running and the file $SYSTEM.ZRPC.
Administrator Commands and Files rpcinfo(8) server is used only by TCP/IP nodes that do not run the OSS environment or a UNIX operating system.) 6. The following example uses the TCP client protocol to request information about the program identified as portmapper on the host forty.tandem.com: RPCINFO -t forty.tandem.com portmapper In this example, the output shows the routing used for the request, in the form of the IP address and host names for each node along the route, as follows: 111.222.333.
rpcinfo(8) OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual rpcinfo: aaaaaaaa is unknown service Indicates that the value specified by aaaaaaaa does not correspond to a registered RPC program on the host to which you made the request. Additionally, RPCINFO returns messages related to RPC call error conditions.
Administrator Commands and Files rshd(8) NAME rshd - Starts the remote shell (demon) server process SYNOPSIS rshd DESCRIPTION The rshd process is the server process for the rsh utility. NOTES To start the rshd process, you need to add the following entry to the configuration file for the inetd process: shell stream tcp nowait root /bin/rshd (The default configuration file for inetd is /etc/inetd.conf.) Then refresh the inetd configuration by restarting inetd or by sending it a SIGHUP signal.
Permuted Index _____________________________ name server DNSSEC/ dnssec:keygen name server/ dnssec:signzone resolv.
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual at command DEFINE attributes in the working run: Runs a process with specific parameters typeset: Sets DEFINEs info_define: Displays attribute/ /Sets values for DEFINE Displays the values of DEFINE reset_define: Restores a DEFINE’s patterns in files Causes processes to run in the banner: Creates a large of pathnames /Describes queues for the at, system-determined later time arithmetic language processor head: Displays the the background uudecode: Decodes a uuencode:
Permuted Index Defines character symbols as encodings charmap: Defines stty: Sets terminal expand: Replace tab or space tr: Translates unexpand: Replace tab or space wc: Counts lines, words, iconv: Converts encoded symbols as character encodings pathchk: file sum: Displays the cksum: Displays the ownership of a file or directory other file mode settings or directories byte count of a file clear: cron: Runs the system programs ecobol: Compiles TNS/E native nmcobol: Compiles TNS/R native cobol: Compiles encod
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual zcat: Expands pack: compress: cat: test: Evaluates 4 Domain Name System resolver getconf: Displays system ftp server: Services FTP runs commands xargs: Internet services services: hosts in the network hosts: networks: that describe a locale locale: Determines file type from file standard output/ od: Writes the from the/ copyoss: Copies the csplit: Splits files by until, or select loop getacl: Lists access setacl: Modifies access 9 Internet domain name server 9 Intern
Permuted Index uudecode: compress: Compresses or set_define: Sets values for Displays the values of alias: initial/ reset_define: Restores a character encodings charmap: add_define: Creates one or more del_define: Deletes one or more attributes and values of existing network addresses ipnodes: used on the local/ protocols: environment variable or function DEFINEs from the current OSS/ the current OSS/ del_define: cron: Runs the system clock BIND 9 lightweight resolver rshd: Starts the remote shell BIND 9 li
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual variable values getconf: head: count of a file sum: count of a file cksum: filename for an OSS file gname: linkfile, loadfile, or other/ nm: Guardian file pname: effective user ID whoami: identity id: attributes show_define: logname: program and object files vproc: dig: BIND 9 Domain Name System BIND 9 dynamic domain name system BIND 9 dynamic domain name system BIND 9 secure domain name server BIND 9 secure domain name server secure domain name server DNSSEC/ 9 secu
Permuted Index commands information from loadfiles or from one/ nld: Creates a non-PIC history: Lists previously eval: exec: remotely rsh: sleep: Suspends time: Times the rexecd: Starts the remote Displays attributes and values of exit: Causes the shell to false: Returns a standard true: Returns a standard select loop break: characters uncompress: zcat: pack command unpack: variables to be used by other/ expressions find: Finds files matching an a pattern that is a full regular expr: Evaluates arguments as
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual the OSS pathname of a Guardian one line from the standard input the checksum and block count of a /files between a local OSS Guardian environment to the OSS file and copies them to the OSS program output and copies to a and copies it to standard output pr: Writes a od: Writes the contents of a file: Determines or lists repeated lines in a /and updates the whatis database umask: Sets the user Displays the Guardian environment cat: Concatenates or displays cmp: Compare
Permuted Index fg: Brings processes to the /Extracts files from a pax (ustar) printf: Writes ftp server: Services netrc: file for connection requests local OSS file system and a/ a file for a pattern that is a whatis: Describes a command’s Removes environment variable or return: Returns a shell message catalog source data to the analyzer flex: analyzer lex: program from input yacc: table genxlt: ls: Lists and domain name server DNSSEC key translation table lists (ACLs) for files configuration variable value
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual object/ vproc: Displays version strip: Removes unnecessary object/ enoft: Reads and displays object/ noft: Reads and displays line printer and print job status Remote Procedure Call (RPC) a DEFINE’s attributes to their /Reads one line from the standard Reads one line from the standard an LR(1) parsing program from Runs a process in the Visual trap: Provides precision dc: Performs ex: Edits lines in a file named: Starts the secure BIND 9 rndc: Starts the secure BIND 9
Permuted Index paste: Joins fold: Breaks nl: Numbers uniq: Removes or lists repeated ex: Edits join: Joins the bytes wc: Counts eld: Runs the TNS/E native ld: Runs the TNS/R native nm: Displays the name list of a relinkable non-PIC object files ln: other/ nm: Displays the name for files getacl: getacl: Lists access control setacl: Modifies access control alias: Defines and for files ls: xargs: Constructs argument /Extracts (reads), writes, and commands fc: commands history: jobs: uniq: Removes or /a non-PIC
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Sets the user file-creation awk: Manipulates text and nawk: Manipulates text and find: Finds files print: The shell output semaphore identifiers, or shared located hash: Affects sort: Sorts or the whatis database file used by/ dspcat: Displays all or part of a gencat: Creates and modifies a dspmsg: Writes a message from a standard output dspmsg: Writes a identifiers, or/ ipcrm: Removes mkcatdefs: Preprocesses a wall: Sends a /utility and pipes the resulting source fi
Permuted Index hosts and/ hosts.
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual pwd: Displays current directory pname: Displays the OSS tty: Returns pathchk: Checks Returns specified parts of Returns specified parts of grep: Search a file for a a file for a fixed-string egrep: Searches a file for a awk: Manipulates text and matches Manipulates text and matches copyoss: Copies the contents of and lists archive files, and/ pinstall: Extracts files from a obsolete OSS files reference page pcleanup: See the arbitrary precision dc: settings chmod: C
Permuted Index to Remote Procedure Call (RPC) file tee: Displays cobol: Compiles COBOL85 TNS Compiles TNS/E native COBOL85 Compiles TNS/R native COBOL85 c89: Compiles C and C++ protocols used on the local host protocols: Defines the Internet sed: process trap: pathname atq: Prints the from the line printer spooling atrm: Removes jobs the at, batch, and cron commands cron/ queuedefs: Describes shared/ ipcrm: Removes message Sets environment variables as standard input file variables as read only from TNS/E n
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual their initial/ reset_define: /mkcatdefs utility and pipes the select loop continue: to its invoking script invoking script return: false: true: device tty: pathnames basename: pathnames dirname: commands type: execution server user files for trusted remote/ directories Internet domain name server/ Internet domain name server/ or changes Remote Procedure Call ports to Remote Procedure Call Remote Procedure Call (RPC)/ command remotely (demon) server process the queue
Permuted Index BIND 9 Internet domain name /the BIND 9 secure domain name /the BIND 9 secure domain name BIND 9 Domain Name System (DNS) BIND 9 Internet domain name Starts the remote shell (demon) Starts the remote execution requests ftp BIND 9 Internet domain name about Internet services ftp server: information about Internet positional parameters characters to another code in the working attribute lists (ACLs) for files DEFINE attributes in the working/ shell parameters typeset: env: Displays or read only
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual requests from the line printer false: Returns a true: Returns a read: Reads one line from the to/ line: Reads one line from the echo: Writes arguments to pr: Writes a file to message from a message catalog to the contents of a file to the input file and copies it to lightweight resolver/ lwresd: Internet domain name/ named: dynamic domain name/ nsupdate: Internet domain name/ rndc: server rexecd: server process rshd: lightweight resolver/ lwresd: domain name system/
Permuted Index stty: Sets tty: Returns pathname of clear: Clears wait: Reports expressions files awk: Manipulates files nawk: Manipulates diff: Compares command times: Prints accumulated running times time: file access and modification cobol: Compiles COBOL85 ecobol: Compiles eld: Runs the and displays information from nmcobol: Compiles ld: Runs the and displays information from name server DNSSEC key generation name server DNSSEC zone signing modification times OSS file system and a/ ftp: tr: genxlt: Gener
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual at: Runs commands at a ipnodes: Defines the hosts c89: Compiles C and C++ programs copies/ /Extracts files from a pax hash: Affects memory of where runcat: Invokes the mkcatdefs domain name server control Name System (DNS) server lookup eld: Runs the TNS/E native linker ld: Runs the TNS/R native linker nohup: Runs a source data to the gencat domain name system (DNS) update domain name system (DNS) update domain name server control false: Returns a standard exit true
Index _____________________________ Symbols .proto file, 11-31 .
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual c89 command, 2-2 to 2-32 cal command, 2-33 calculator, interactive, 3-5 calculator program, 1-31 calendar, displaying, 2-33 cancel command, 2-34, 5-70 canceling printer requests, 2-34, 5-70 cat command, 2-36 catalog, message, 4-2 to 4-6 changing file owner ID, 2-47 group ownership, 2-39 lines in files, 1-21, 6-30 permission codes, 2-41 characteristics, terminal, 8-61 characters converting encoding, 4-47, 4-49 translating, 9-18 charmap file, 11-2 checksum, 2-50, 8-67
Index D data fields, joining, 4-61 database, files, joining, 4-61 date command, 3-2 dc command, 1-31, 3-5 debuggers, symbolic, 8-59 decoding binary files after mailing, 9-39 defines creating, 1-2 deleting, 3-9 displaying attribute values, 4-51, 8-44 DEFINEs attribute values, 7-50 restoring DEFINEs, 7-50 setting values, 8-15 deleting directories, 7-56 files, 7-53 del_define command, 3-9 desk calculator, 3-5 device, terminal, pathname of, 9-23 df command, 3-10 diff command, 3-11 dircmp command, 3-14 director
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual F du command, 3-21 dump, octal, 6-90 E echo command, 3-23 ed command, 3-42 editing files, 10-2 files by line, 3-42 lines interactively, 3-106 editors ex, 3-106 full screen, 10-2 line, 3-106 vi, 10-2 egrep command, 3-50 elapsed time, 9-13 eld command, 3-55 to 3-78 encoding converter, 4-47, 4-49 enoft command, 3-79 to 3-103 entry, system log, 5-67 env command, 3-104 environment, command execution, 3-104 eval command, 3-105 evaluating conditional expressions, 9-10 ex
Index editing, 10-2 editing line by line, 3-42 editing lines interactively, 3-106 expanding, 2-68, 9-31, 9-36, 10-45 FIFO special, 6-19 finding, 3-137 finding and changing lines, 1-21, 6-30 folding lines, 3-154 formatting for display, 6-20 hosts.
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual ownership, 2-39 gtacl command, 4-30 to 4-43 H hangups, 6-88 hardware information, displaying, 9-30 hash command, 4-44 head command, 4-45 headers, page, 7-29 history command, 4-46 hosts file, 11-6 hosts.
Index linkage editor, 1-7 linkage library, 1-7 linking files within the OSS file system, 5-60 object files, 3-55, 5-32, 6-42 list, argument, 10-32 ln command, 5-60 local accounts, 11-7, 11-37 locale command, 5-63 locale file, 11-10 locales, current and public, 5-63 logged-in users, 10-29 logger command, 5-67 login name, 5-69 remote, 9-9 logname command, 5-69 lp command, 5-70 lpstat command, 5-75 LR(1) parsing program, 10-36 ls command, 5-78 lwresd server, 12-19 to 12-20, 12-38 to 12-39 M maintaining archiv
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual O object files displaying name list of, 6-50 finding printable strings in, 8-57 removing information from, 8-59 octal dump, 6-90 od command, 6-90 operating system displaying information about, 9-30 release number, 9-30 version, 9-30 osh command, 6-94 to 6-114 OSS shell, 5-7, 8-18 owner ID, 2-47 ownership, group, 2-39 P pack command, 7-2 page headers, 7-29 paginating files, 7-29 parsing program, generating, 10-36 paste command, 7-4 patch command, 7-7 pathchk command
Index ps command, 7-37 pwd command, 7-46 Q queues canceling requests, 2-34 job, 1-18 QUIT signals, 6-88 R read command, 7-47 reading from standard input file, 5-59, 7-47 readonly command, 7-49 reference pages displaying, 6-11 finding by keyword, 1-6 release number, displaying, 9-30 remote command execution, 7-57 login, 9-9 shell server, 12-65 users and local accounts, 11-7, 11-37 removing directories, 7-56 files, 7-53 message queue, 4-53 repeated lines in a file, 9-34 semaphore set, 4-53 shared memory ID,
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual signals to processes, 5-2 server processes, 12-65 services file, 11-39 session, creating a new, 4-30, 6-94 set command, 8-8 setacl command, 8-11 setting command execution environment, 3-104 object file attributes, 3-55, 5-32, 6-42 terminal characteristics, 8-61 set_define command, 8-15 sh command, 8-18 shared memory, 4-53 shell command execution, 12-5 Korn, 5-7, 8-18 OSS, 5-7, 8-18 starting, 6-94 variable arithmetic, 3-122 shift command, 8-43 show_define command, 8-4
Index time command, 9-13 times command, 9-14 timing commands, 9-13 touch command, 9-15 tr command, 9-18 transferring files, 3-156 translating, characters, 9-18 trap command, 9-21 true command, 9-22 tty command, 9-23 type, file, 3-134 type command, 9-24 typeset command, 9-25 utilities, running without hangups, 6-88 uudecode command, 9-39 uuencode command, 9-40 V versions operating system, 9-30 programs, 6-2 vi command, 10-2 viewing object files, 3-79, 6-72 vproc command, 10-17 U umask command, 2-38, 9-27
OSS Shell and Utilities Reference Manual Y yacc command, 10-36 Z zcat command, 10-45 Index−12 Hewlett-Packard Company 527188-007
